Upload
others
View
4
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY
CIVIL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
BRANCH CODE:06 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - I
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME/WEEK CREDITS
(L+T+P)
EXAMINATION SCHEME
L T P THEORY PRACTICAL GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
3300001 BASIC MATHEMATICS 2 2 0 4 70 30 0 0 100
3300002 ENGLISH 3 2 0 5 70 30 20 30 150
3300003 ENVIRONMENT CONSERVATION & HAZARD
MANAGEMENT 4 0 0 4 70 30 0 0 100
3300004 ENGINEERING PHYSICS ( GROUP-1 ) 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3300007 BASIC ENGINEERING DRAWING 2 0 4 6 70 30 40 60 200
3300012 COMPUTER APPLICATION & GRAPHICS 0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60 100
14 4 10
TOTAL 28 350 150 120 180 800
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basics Mathematics (Code: 3300001)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Automobile Engineering, Biomedical Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Information Technology, Instrumentation & Control Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Power Elctronics Engineering, Printing Technology, Textile Manufacturing Technology, Textile Processing Technology, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
1. RATIONALE
The subject is classified under Basic Sciences and students are intended to know about the basic concepts and principles of Mathematics as a tool to analyze the Engineering problems. Mathematics has the potential to understand the Core Technological studies.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught so as to understand and perform the Engineering concepts and computations. Aim to develop the different types of Mathematical skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies:
i. Apply the concepts and principles of mathematics to solve simple engineering problems
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 2
2
0 4
70
30
0
0
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P -Practical;C – Credit; ESE -End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Logarithm
1.1 Solve simple problems using concepts of Logarithms
Concept ,Rules and related Examples
Unit– II Determinants and Matrices
2.1 Solve simultaneous equations using concepts of Determinants and Matrices
Idea of Determinant and Matrix, Addition/Subtraction, Product, Inverse up to 3X3 matrix, Solution of Simultaneous Equations(up to three variables)
Unit– III Trigonometry
3.1 Solve simple problems using concepts of Trigonometry
Units of Angles(degree and radian), Allied & Compound Angles, Multiple –Submultiples angles, Graph of Sine and Cosine, Periodic function, sum and factor formulae, Inverse trigonometric function
Unit– IV Vectors
4.1 Solve simple problems using concepts of Vectors
Basic concept of Vector and Scalar, addition & subtraction, Product of Vectors, Geometric meaning of Scalar and Vector Product. Angle between two vectors, Applications of Dot (scalar) and Cross (vector) Product, Work Done and Moment of Force.
Unit-V Menstruation
5.1 Calculate the surface area and volume of different shapes and bodies.
Area of Triangle, Square, Rectangle, Trapezium, Parallelogram, Rhombus and Circle Surface & Volume of Cuboids, Cone, Cylinder and Sphere.
5. SUGGESTED SPRCIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
1. Logarithms 03 4 4 2 10 2. Determinants and Matrices 08 6 8 4 18 3. Trigonometry 08 8 6 4 18
4. Vectors 06 5 5 4 14 5. Mensuration 03 3 3 4 10
Total 28 26 26 18 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U= Understanding; A= Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy)
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES (During tutorial hours)
The exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency.
S. No. Unit No. Exercises/Tutorial
1 1 Logarithms-Simple Examples related Definition and Rules
2 Examples on various types and Graphs 3 2 Determinants, Simple Examples on Matrix Addition/Subtraction and Product 4 Co-factors, Adjoint and Inverse of Matrix 5 2 Solution of Simultaneous Equation using 3X3 Matrix and its Applications 6 3 Practice Examples: Allied & Compound Angles 7 Practice Examples: Periodic functions, Sum/Diff and factor formulae, Inverse
Trigonometric function etc. 8 Simple Graphs of Sine and Cosine Functions(Explain Spherical Trigonometry, if
possible, for Applications) 9 4 Practice Simple Examples Vectors 10 Example related to Dot and Cross Products and Applications 11 5 Examples on Area
12 Surface Area & Volume and its Applications
Note: The above Tutor sessions are for guideline only. The remaining Tutorial hours are for revision and practice.
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: course/topic based seminars, internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based Mini-Projects etc. These could be individual or group-based.
1. Applications to solve identified Engineering problems and use of Internet. 2. Learn MathCAD to use Mathematical Tools and solve the problems of Calculus. 3. .Learn MATLAB and use to solve the identified problems.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Anthony croft and others
Engineering Mathematics (third edition)
Pearson Education
2 W R Neelkanth Applied Mathematics-I Sapna Publication 3 S P Deshpande Polytechnic Mathematics Pune Vidyarthi Gruh Prakashan 4 Rudra Pratap Getting Started with
MATLAB-7 OXFORD University Press
Basic Mathematics Course Code: 3300001
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
1. Simple Calculator
2. Computer System with Printer, Internet
3. LCD Projector
C. List of Software/Learning Websites 1. Excel
2. DPlot
3. MathCAD
4. MATLAB
You may use other Software like Mathematica and other Graph
Plotting software. Use wikipedia.org, mathworld.wolfram.com Etc…
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE:
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Dr.N.R.Pandya, HOD-General Dept. Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Dr N. A. Dani, Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic, Junagadh.
Smt R. L. Wadhwa, Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Shri H. C. Suthar, Lecturer, BPTI, Bhavnagar
Shri P. N. Joshi, Lecturer, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot
Shri P. T. Polara, Lecturer, Om Institute of Engg. And Tech, Junagadh,
Smt Ami C. Shah, Lecturer, BBIT, V. V. Nagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Member From NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. P. K. Purohit, Associate Professor, Dept. of Science, NITTTR, Bhopal
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: English
(Code: 3300002)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Architectural Assistanship, Automobile Engineering, Biomedical Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering,Computer Aided Costume Design & Dress Making, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Information Technology, Instrumentation & Control Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Power Elctronics Engineering, Printing Technology, Textile Designing, Textile Manufacturing Technology, Textile Processing Technology, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
1. RATIONALE
English language has become a dire need to deal successfully in the globalized and competitive market
and hence this curriculum aims at developing the functional and communicative abilities of the students
in English. Proficiency in English is one of the basic needs of technical students. A technician has to
communicate all the time with peers, superiors, subordinates and clients in his professional life. Hence
this course is being offered.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills
leading to the achievement of the following competencies:
i. Communicate verbally and in writing in English.
ii. Comprehend the given passages and summarize them.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
2
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total
Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Tutorial Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3
2
0
5
70
30
20
30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Writing Skills Speaking Skills
Unit – I Grammar
1.1 Apply correct verb in the given sentence
1b. Use grammatically correct sentence in day to day communication
1.1 Tenses - Present Tense (Simple, Continuous,
Perfect, Perfect Continuous) - Past Tense (Simple, Continuous, Perfect) - Future Tense (Simple)
1.2 Distinguish among various Determiners
1d. Distinguish among determiners and apply correctly in communicative usage.
1.2 Determiners - Articles (A, An, The) Some, Any, Much, Many, All, Both, Few, A few, The few, Little, A little, The little, Each, Every.
1.3 Use appropriate modal auxiliaries in a given expression
1f. Choose appropriate modals in situations where different modes of expressions are used.
1.3 Modal Auxiliaries Can, Could, May, Might, Shall, Should, Will, Would, Must, Have to, Need, Ought to
1.4 Choose the correct verb for the given subject
1h. Use the correct verb depending on the subject in a sentence.
1.4 Subject- Verb Agreement
1.5 Distinguish between Active and Passive structures. Apply correct model auxiliary in the given sentence.
1j. Apply the correct voice in formal communication
1.5 The Passive Voice Simple Tenses, Perfect Tenses And Modal Auxiliary Verbs
1.6 Use appropriate preposition in a sentence
1l. Usage of correct preposition as per time, place and direction.
1.6 Prepositions: Time, Place and Direction
1.7 Identify different connectors and their usage.
1n. Join words or sentences using connectors and bring out the desired meaning.
1.7 Connectors: And, But, Or, Nor, Though, Although, If, Unless, Otherwise, Because, as, Therefore, So, Who, Whom, Whose, Which, Where, When, Why.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Writing Skills Speaking Skills
Unit – II Comprehension Passages
2.1 Formulate sentences using new words. 2.2 Enrich vocabulary through reading. 2.3 Write short as well as long answers to questions. 2.4 Express ideas in English in written form effectively
2e.Discuss the content of the passage/story in the class. 2f. Ask appropriate questions as well to answer them. 2g. Follow oral instructions and interpret them to others. 2h. Present topics effectively and clearly. 2i.Use dictionary, thesaurus and other reference books. 2j.Describe an object or product. 2k. Use correct pronunciations and intonations. 2l. Give instructions orally
2.1 Comprehension Passages Lincoln’s Letter to His Son’s Teacher
(Abraham Lincoln) What we must Learn from the West
(Narayana Murthy) Dabbawallas: Mumbai’s Best Managed
Business (Amberish K. Diwanji) Internet (Jagdish Joshi) 2.2 Vocabulary Items:
- Matching items (word and its Meaning) - One word Substitution - Phrases and idioms - S ynonyms and Antonyms from
given MCQs
Unit – III Short Stories
3a Express ideas and views on given topics. 3b. Speak briefly on a given topic fluently and clearly. 3c. Participate in formal and informal conversations 3d. Recapitulate orally the facts or ideas presented by the speaker
My Lost Dollar by Stephen Leacock The Snake in the Grass by R K Narayan A Day’s Wait by Earnest Hemingway
Unit – IV Writing Skills
4.1 Write letters and dialogues on given topics / situations.
4b.Face oral examinations and interviews
4.1 Dialogue Writing 4.2 Samples for Practice: - Meeting ad Parting - Introducing and Influencing - Requests - Agreeing and Disagreeing - Inquiries and Information 4.3 Letter: - Placing an order - Letter to Inquiry - Letter of Complaint - Letter of Adjustment - Letter seeking permission
Unit – V Speaking Skills
5a.Follow correct pronunciation, stress and intonation in everyday conversation.
For 28 hours of practical periods, digital language laboratory is recommended to be established in every polytechnic. But as polytechnics currently do not have digital language laboratories practical periods will be engaged encouraging the students to speak as per the text taught in the class.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY )
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours 42+28
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
Unit – I Grammar 14 8 8 9 25 Unit – II Comprehension Passages
07 4 6 5 15
Unit – III Short Stories 07 4 5 5 14 Unit – IV Writing Skills 14 3 6 6 15 Unit – V Speaking Skills 28 1 01 Total 70 20 25 25 70
Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxomonoy ) 6. SUGGESTED LIST OF TUTORIAL EXERCISES
The tutorial exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the above mentioned competencies.
S. No. Unit No.
Experiment
1 I Conversation 1. Introducing oneself 2. Introduction about family 3. Discussion about the weather 4. Seeking Permission to do something 5. Description about hobbies 6. Seeking Information at Railway Station/ Airport 7. Taking Appointments from superiors and industry personnel 8. Conversation with the Cashier- College/ bank 9. Discussing holiday plans 10. Asking about products in a shopping mall 11. Talking on the Telephonic 12. Wishing Birthday to a Friend 13. Talking about Favourite Sports
2 II Presentation Skills General Presentations pertaining to Unit I, II, III
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
course/topic based seminars, internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based mini-projects etc.
These could be individual or group-based.
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
5
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. Text Book
Sr.
No.
Author/s Title of Books Publication
1 Juneja & Qureshi Active English Macmillan
B. List of Reference Books
Sr.
No.
Author/s Title of Books Publication
1 Wren & Martin High School English Grammar
S. Chand & Co. Ltd
2 M. Gnanamurali English Grammar at Glance
S. Chand & Co. Ltd.
3 E. Suresh Kumar & Others
Effective English Pearson
4 S. Chandrashekhar & Others
English Communication for Polytechnics
Orient BlackSwan
5 - English Fluency Step 1 & 2
Macmillan
6 - Active English Dictionary
Longman
C. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
i. Digital English Language Laboratory
ii. Computers for language laboratory software
iii. Headphones with microphone
iv. Computer furniture
D. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. http://www.free-english-study.com/
ii. http://www.english-online.org.uk/course.htm
iii. http://www.english-online.org.uk/
iv. http://www.talkenglish.com/
v. http://www.learnenglish.de/
English Course Code: 3300002
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
6
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Polytechnic Faculty Members
Prof. K. H. Talati, Govt. Polytechnic, Gandhinagar (Convener)
Ms. Almas Juneja, Gujarat Technological University, Ahmedabad.
Shri. D. M. Patel, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad.
Dr. Sonal K. Mehta, Govt. Girls Polytechnic, Ahmedabad.
Shri. Bhadresh J. Dave, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot.
Dr. Peena Thanki, Govt. Polytechnic, Jamnagar.
Dr. Chetan Trivedi, Govt. Engineering College, Bhavnagar.
Dr. Raviraj Raval, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot.
Shri Vaseem Qureshi, Vishwakarma Govt. Engineering College, Chandkheda, Ahmedabad.
NITTTR Bhopal Faculty and Co-ordinator
Dr. Joshua Earnest, , NITTTR, Bhopal
Prof.(Mrs.) Susan S. Mathew, NITTTR, Bhopal
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Environment Conservation & Hazard Management
(Code: 3300003)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Biomedical Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Information Technology, Instrumentation & Control Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Textile Design, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
Architecture Assistantship, Automobile Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electronics & Communication, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Power Electronics, Printing Technology, Textile Manufacturing, Textile Processing
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
For a country to progress, sustainable development is one of the key factors. Environment conservation and hazard management is of much importance to every citizen of India. The country has suffered a lot due to various natural disasters. Considerable amount of energy is being wasted. Energy saved is energy produced. Environmental pollution is on the rise due to rampant industrial mismanagement and indiscipline. Renewable energy is one of the answers to the energy crisis and also to reduce environmental pollution. Therefore this course has been designed to develop a general awareness of these and related issues so that the every student will start acting as a responsible citizen to make the country and the world a better place to live in.
2. COMPETENCIES The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies.
i. Take care of issues related to environment conservation and disaster management while working
as diploma engineer.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 4
0
0 4
70
30
0
0
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Ecology and environment
1.1 Enhance knowledge about engineering aspects of Environment
1.2 Correlate the facts of ecology and environment A
1.3 assess the effect of pollution 1.4 List the causes of environmental
pollution 1.5 State the major causes of air,
water and noise pollution 1.6 Describe how industrial waste
contaminates the land 1.7 Describe the effects of radiation
on vegetables, animals
1.1 Importance of environment and scope 1.2 Engineering and environment issues 1.3 The natural system, Biotic and a-Biotic
components and processes of natural system 1.4 Eco system, food chain and webs and other
biological Systems, 1.5 Causes of environmental pollution 1.6 Pollution due to solid waste 1.7 water pollution, air pollution, the Noise as
pollution, 1.8 Pollution of land due to industrial and chemical
waste 1.9 Radiation and its effects on vegetables and
animals Unit– II Sustainable Development
2.1 Explain the concept of sustainable development
2.2 Justify the need for renewable energy
2.3 Describe the growth of renewable energy in India
2.4 Explain the concepts of waste management and methods of recyling
2.1 Concept of sustainable development, 2.2 Natural resources, a-biotic and biotic resources 2.3 Principles of conservation of energy and
management 2.4 Need of Renewable energy 2.5 Growth of renewable energy in India and the
world 2.6 Concept of waste management and recyling
Unit – III Wind Power
3.1 Describe the growth of wind power in India
3.2 State the differences between VAWTs and HAWTs
3.3 Explain the differences between drag and lift type wind turbines
3.4 Describe the working of large wind turbines
3.5 List the types of aerodynamic control of large wind turbines
3.6 Name the generators used in large wind turbines
3.1 Growth of wind power in India 3.2 Types of wind turbines – Vertical axis wind
turbines (VAWT) and horizontal axis wind turbines (HAWT)
3.3 Types of HAWTs – drag and lift types 3.4 Working of large wind turbines 3.5 Aerodynamic control of large and small wind
turbines 3.6 Types of electrical generators used in small
and large wind turbines
Unit – IV Solar Power
4.1 Describe the salient features of solar thermal and PV systems
4.2 Describe a solar cooker and solar water heater
4.3 Describe the working of solar PV system
4.4 State the salient features of polycrystalline, monocrystalline and thin film PV systems
4.1 Features of solar thermal and PV systems 4.2 Types of solar cookers and solar water heaters 4.3 Solar PV systems and its components and their
working 4.4 Types of solar PV cells 4.5 Solar PV and solar water heaters, rating and costing
Unit – V Biomass energy
5.1 State the different types of biomass energy sources
5.2 Describe about the energy content in biomass
5.3 Describe the working of simple biogas plant
5.1 Types of Biomass Energy Sources 5.2 Energy content in biomass of different types 5.3 Types of Biomass conversion processes 5.4 Biogas production
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – VI Seismic Engineering and disaster management
6.1 Explain the principles of seismic Engineering in design of structure
6.2 State the appropriate actions to be taken during disasters
6.1 Introduction of seismic engineering and its application civil engineering designs
6.2 Features of disasters such as Floods, Earthquakes, Fires, Epidemics, Gas/radioactive leaks etc.
6.3 Management and mitigation of above disasters 5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
Marks 1. Ecology and Environment 8 4 4 0 8 2. Sustainable Development 10 4 5 1 10 3. Wind Power 10 4 6 4 14 4. Solar Power 10 4 6 4 14 5. Biomass energy 8 4 4 2 10 6. Seismic Engineering and disaster
management 10 6 6 2 14
Total 56 26 31 13 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxomonoy
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS/PRACTICAL EXERCISES
Nil
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Prepare paper on various sustainable development ii. Make a report after gathering information the values of water, noise pollution and air pollution in your
city/town and compare the values in other cities and towns in India with respect to environmentally acceptable levels
iii. Prepare a paper on air and water pollution in an industry/institute iv. Undertake some small mini projects in any one of the renewable energies v. Visit an energy park and submit project on various sources of energy
vi. Prepare powerpoint on clean and green technologies vii. Prepare a list of do’s and don’ts applicable during disasters
viii. Submit a report on garbage disposal system in your city/town .
Environment Conservation & Hazard Management CourseCode: 3300003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S. No. Title of Book Author Publication/Year 1 Renewable Energy
Technologies Solanki, Chetan Singh PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2010
2 Ecology and Control of the Natural Environment
Izrael,Y.A. Kluwer Academic Publisher
3 Environment Engineering and Disaster Management
Sharma, Sanjay K. Luxmi Publications, New Delhi
4 Environmental Noise Pollution and Its Control
Chhatwal,G.R.; Katyal,T.; Katyal,
Anmol Publications, New Delhi
5 Wind Power Plants and Project Development
Earnest, Joshua & Wizelius, Tore
PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011
6 Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies
Kothari, D.P. Singal, K.C., Ranjan, Rakesh
PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2009
7 Environmental Studies Anandita Basak Pearson
8 Environmental Science and
Engineering
Alka Debi University Press
9 Coping With Natural Hazards,
Indian Context
K. S. Valadia Orient Longman
10 Engineering and Environment Edward S. Rubin Mc Graw Hill Publ.
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
i. Digital sound level meters (to check noise pollution) ii. Digital air quality meter (to measure air pollution)
iii. Digital handheld anemometer (to measure wind speeds) iv. Digital hand held pyranometer (to measure solar radiation levels)
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. http://www1.eere.energy.gov/wind/wind_animation.html ii. http://www.nrel.gov/learning/re_solar.html
iii. http://www.nrel.gov/learning/re_biomass.html iv. http://www.mnre.gov.in/schemes/grid-connected/solar-thermal-2/ v. http://www.mnre.gov.in/schemes/grid-connected/biomass-powercogen/
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H.L.Purohit , HOD, Civil Engg. Dept. L.E.College. Morbi
Shri. P.A.Pandya, LCE, Civil Engg. Dept, G.P , Himatnagar
Co-ordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. J.P.Tegar, Professor Dept of Civil and Environmental Engg, NITTTR, Bhopal.
Dr. Joshua Earnest, Professor and Head, Dept. of Electrical & Electronics Engg, NITTTR,
Bhopal
Engineering Physics(Group-1) Course Code: 3300004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Engineering Physics (Group-1)
(Code: 3300004)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Automobile Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
Chemical Engineering, Textile Manufactureing Technology,Textile Processing Technology
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
As Physics is the mother of all engineering disciplines, students must have some basic knowledge on physics to understand their core engineering subjects more comfortably. Accordingly, in reviewing the syllabus, emphasis has been given on the principles, laws, working formulae and basic ideas of physics to help them study the core subjects. Complicated derivations have been avoided because applications of the laws and principles of physics are more important for engineering students. As Physics is considered as basic science its principles, laws, hypothesis, concepts, ideas are playing important role in reinforcing the knowledge of technology. Deep thought is given while selecting topics in physics. They are different for various branches of engineering. This will provide sound background for self-development in future to cope up with new innovations. Topics are relevant to particular program and students will be motivated to learn and can enjoy the course of Physics as if it is one of the subjects of their own stream. Engineering, being the science of measurement and design, has been offspring of Physics that plays the primary role in all professional disciplines of engineering. The different streams of Physics like Optics, Acoustics, Dynamics, Semiconductor Physics, Surface Physics, Nuclear physics, Energy Studies, Materials Science, etc provide Fundamental Facts, Principles, Laws, and Proper Sequence of Events to streamline Engineering knowledge. Note:- Teachers should give examples of engineering/technology applications of various concepts and principles in each topic so that students are able to appreciate learning of these concepts and principles. Laboratory experiments have been set up keeping consistency with the theory so that the students can understand the applications of the laws and principles of physics.
Engineering Physics(Group-1) Course Code: 3300004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies………….
i. Apply principles and concepts of Physics for solving various Engineering Problems
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
1.1 Explain Physical Quantities and their units.
1.2Measure given dimensions by using appropriate instruments accurately.
1.3Calculate error in the measurement
1.4Solve numerical based on above outcomes
SI Units & Measurements 1.1 Need of measurement and unit in engineering and science, definition of unit , requirements of standard unit, systems of units-CGS,MKS and SI, fundamental and derived quantities and their units 1.2 Least count and range of instrument, least count of vernier caliper, micrometer screw gauge 1.3 Definition of accuracy, precision and error, estimation of errors -absolute error, relative error and percentage error, rules and identification of significant figures. (Numerical on above topics)
Unit– II
2.1 List Newton’s laws of motion 2.2 Differentiate among various forces in nature 2.3 Define inertia, momentum and impulse of force 2.4 State Newton’s laws of motion 2.5 State law of conservation of momentum 2.6 Solve numerical problems based on above topics
Force and Motion: Recapitulation of equations of motion, Newton’s Ist law of motion, Force, basic forces in motion, gravitational force, electrostatic force, electromagnetic force, nuclear force, Inertia, types of inertia (inertia of rest, inertia of motion, inertia of direction ), Momentum, Newton’s IInd law of motion, measurement of force using second law, simple problems on F = ma and equations of motion, Impulse of force, Impulse as the product of force and time, impulse as the difference of momentum, examples of impulse, simple problems on impulse, Newtons IIIrd law of motion and its examples. Law of conservation of momentum, Statement, simple problems (Numerical on above topics)
Unit– III
3.1Comprehend the concept of elasticity and Define Stress, Strain and Elastic limit.
General properties of matter 3.1 Elasticity Deforming force, restoring force, elastic and plastic
Engineering Physics(Group-1) Course Code: 3300004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics 3.2State Hooke’s law. 3.3Explain the term elastic fatigue. 3.4Distinguish between Streamline and Turbulent flow 3.5Define coefficient of viscosity. 3.6Apply the principle of viscosity in solving problems. 3.7State significance of Reynold’s number 3.8Explain terminal velocity. 3.9Mention Stoke’s formula. 3.10Explain the effect of temperature on viscosity 3.11Comprehend the phenomenon of surface tension and its applications. 3.12Define surface tension. 3.13Explain angle of contact and capillarity. 3.14 Solve problems related to surface tension.
body, stress and strain with their types. elastic limit, Hooke’s law, Young’s modulus, bulk modulus, modulus of rigidity and relation between them (no derivation), stress strain diagram. behavior of wire under continuously increasing load, yield point, ultimate stress, breaking stress, factor of safety. 3.2 Surface Tension. Molecular force, cohesive and adhesive force, Molecular range, sphere of influence, Laplace’s molecular theory, Definition of surface tension and its S.I. unit, angle of contact, capillary action with examples, shape of meniscus for water and mercury, relation between surface tension , capillary rise and radius of capillary (no derivation),effect of impurity and temperature on surface tension 3.3 Viscosity Fluid friction, viscous force, Definition of viscosity, velocity gradient, Newton’s law of viscosity, coefficient of viscosity and its S.I. unit, streamline and turbulent flow with examples, critical velocity, Reynolds’s number and its significance, free fall of spherical body through viscous medium (no derivation), up thrust force, terminal velocity, Stokes law (statement and formula). (Numericals on Above topics)
Unit– IV
4.1Distinguish between Heat and Temperature. 4.2Explain modes of Transmission of heat and their applications. 4.3Define heat capacity and specific heat of substances. 4.4Explain temperature 4.5List various temperature scales and convert among temperatures
Heat Transfer 4.1 Three modes of transmission of heat -conduction, convection and radiation, good and bad conductor of heat with examples, law of thermal conductivity, coefficient of thermal conductivity and its S.I. unit. 4.2 Heat capacity and specific heat of materials 4.3 Celsius, Fahrenheit and Kelvin temperature scales and their conversion formulae (Numericals on above topics)
Unit– V
5.1 Comprehend the concept of wave motion 5.2 Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal waves. 5.3Define period, frequency, amplitude and wavelength 5.4Explain principle of superposition of waves 5.5Define resonance 5.6Explain resonance. 5.7State Formula for velocity of sound in air 5.8Comprehend the Importance of Reverberation 5.9State Sabine’s formula and Factors affecting Reverberation time 5.10Explain ultrasonic waves. Mention applications of
Waves and Sound Definition of wave motion, amplitude, period, frequency, and wavelength, relation between velocity, frequency and wavelength, longitudinal and transverse wave, principle of superposition of waves, definition of resonance with examples, Formula for velocity of sound in air and various factors affecting it Ultrasonic Waves Definition, Properties of ultrasonic waves Uses of ultrasonic waves. Acoustics Of Building Importance of Reverberation, Reverberation time, Optimum time of Reverberation, Coefficient of absorption of Sound, Sabine’s formula for Reverberation time, Factors affecting Reverberation time and acoustics of building. (Numericals on above topics)
Engineering Physics(Group-1) Course Code: 3300004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics ultrasonic waves
Unit– VI 6.1 State Properties Of Light 6.2 Define various phenomena of light 6.3 State Snell’s law of refraction. 6.4Explain importance and list applications of nanotechnology in engineering field
Light and Nanotechnology Properties Of Light, Electromagnetic spectrum, Reflection, refraction, snell’s law, diffraction, polarization, interference of light, constructive and destructive interference (Only definitions), physical significance of refractive index, dispersion of light Introduction to Nanotechnology (Numericals on above topics)
Unit – VII
7.1Define radio activity 7.2Distinguish between Natural & Artificial radioactivity 7.3State relation between Half Life, Average Life & Decay Constant. 7.4Describe properties of Alpha, Beta and Gamma rays.
Radioactivity 7.1 Radioactivity Definition, Natural & Artificial radioactivity, Units and Laws of Radioactivity, Half Life, Average Life & Decay Constant. 7.2 Radioactive Rays Properties and uses of alpha particles, beta particles and gamma rays (Numericals on Above topics)
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
1. SI Units & Measurements 05 03 02 05 10 2. Force and Motion 05 02 02 04 08 3. General Properties of Matter 10 04 06 08 18 4. Heat Transfer 04 02 02 02 06 5. Waves and sound 07 04 04 04 12
6. Light and Nanotechnology 07 03 03 04 10 7. Radioactivity 04 02 02 02 06
Total 42 20 21 29 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxonomy)
Engineering Physics(Group-1) Course Code: 3300004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
S. No. Unit No. Experiment /Practical Exercises
1 1 Linear Measurement by Vernier calipers 2 1 Linear Measurement by Micrometer screw 3 3 Measurement of Surface tension 4 3 Measurement of Viscosity 5 3 Measurement of Young’s Modulus 6 3 To determine Force constant with the help of periodic time of oscillations of spring 7 3 Measurement of specific gravity 8 6 To calculate refractive index of material of prism using spectrometer device. 9 4 Joule’s mechanical equivalent of heat 10 4 Measurement of co-efficient of thermal conductivity 11 5 To study the relation between the length of a stretched string and the tension in it with
the help of a sonometer. 12 6 To calculate SA/V ratio of simple objects to understand nanotechnology
Minimum 8 experiments/practical exercises should be performed from the above list
Hours distribution for Physics Experiments :
Sr.
No. Description Hours
1 An introduction to Physics laboratory and its experiments (for the set of first four experiments)
02
2 Set of first four experiments 08
3 An introduction to experiments (for the set of next four experiments)
02
4 Set of next four experiments 08
5 Mini project 06
6 Viva and Submission 02
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Laboratory based mini projects:
1. To calculate acoustics of given class room 2. To prepare models of Vernier calipers, micrometer screw gauge and travelling microscope
And many more Teacher guided self learning activities: 1. To prepare a chart of applications of nanotechnology in engineering field 2. To prepare models to explain different concepts
And many more Course/topic based seminars: 1. Seminar by student on any relevant topic
Engineering Physics(Group-1) Course Code: 3300004
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
Sr No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Sears And Zemansky University Physics Pearson Publication 2 Paul G Hewitt Conceptual Physics Pearson Publication 3 Halliday & Resnick Physics Wiley India 4 G Vijayakumari Engineering Physics, 4e Vikas-Gtu Students’ Series 5 Arvind Kumar &
Shrish Barve How And Why In Basic Mechanics Universities Press
6 Ncert Physics Part 1 And 2 Ncert 7 Giancoli Physics For Scientists And
Engineers
8 H C Verma Concepts Of Physics 9 Gomber & Gogia Fundamentals Of Physics Pradeep Publications, Jalandhar
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
1. Redwood’s Viscometer 2. Digital Vernier Calipers And . Digital Micrometer Screw Guage 3. Digital Travelling Microscope 4. Joule’s Calorimeter 5. Searle’s Thermal Conductivity Apparatus 6. Visible Light Spectrometer
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
1. www.physicsclassroom.com 2. www.physics.org 3. www.fearofphysics.com 4. www.sciencejoywagon.com/physicszone 5. www.science.howstuffworks.com
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Dr. S. B. Chhag, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot
Ku. B. K. Faldu, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Shri D. V. Mehta, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, RCTI, Ahmedabad
Shri S. B. Singhania, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Dr. U. N. Trivedi, Lecturer in Physics, Science Deptt, RCTI, Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members From NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. P. K. Purohit, Professor, Department of Applied Science, NITTTR, Bhopal
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basics Engineering Drawing
(Code: 3300007)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Automobile Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Environment Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering, Mining Engineering, Printing Technology, Textile Manufacturing Technology, Textile Processing, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Plastic Engineering
Second Semester
1 RATIONALE:
Engineering drawing is an effective language of engineers. It is the foundation block which strengthens the engineering & technological structure. Moreover, it is the transmitting link between ideas and realization. It is an attempt to develop fundamental understanding and application of engineering drawing. It covers knowledge & application of drawing instruments & also familiarizes the learner about Bureau of Indian standards. The curriculum aims at developing the ability to draw and read various drawings, curves & projections. The subject mainly focuses on use of drawing instruments, developing imagination and translating ideas. Developing the sense of drawing sequence and use of drawing instruments effectively yields not only with productive preparation of computer aided graphics but also yields with effective industrial applications ranging from marking to performance of operations.
2 LIST OF COMPETENCIES:
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies:
i. Prepare engineering drawings manually with given geometrical dimensions using prevailing drawing standards and drafting instruments. .
ii. Visualize the shape of simple object from orthographic views and vise versa.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME:
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
2
0
4
6
70
30
40
60
200
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit – 1 ENGINEERING DRAWING AIDS
1. 1 Use drawing
equipments, instruments and materials effectively.
1.1 Drawing equipments, instruments and materials.
(a) Equipments-types, specifications, method to use them, applications.
(b) Instruments-types, specifications, methods to use them and applications.
(c) Pencils-grades, applications, types of points and applications.
(d) Other materials-types and applications. Unit– 2 PLANNING, LAYOUT AND SCALLING OF DRAWING
2.1Follow and apply standard practice as per bureau of I.S. for planning and layout 2.2 Choose appropriate scale factor for the drawing as per given situation
2.1 I.S. codes for planning and layout. 2.2 Scaling technique used in drawing.
Unit– 3 LINES, LETTERING AND DIMENSIONING
3.1 Write
annotations on a drawing where ever necessary.
3.2Choose appropriate line and dimensioning style for a given geometrical entity.
3.1 Different types of lines. 3.2 Vertical capital and lower case letters. 3.3 Inclined capital and lower case letters. 3.4 Numerals and Greek alphabets. 3.5 Dimensioning methods.
(a) Aligned method. (b) Unilateral with chain, parallel, progressive and
combined dimensioning.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit– 4 GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION
4.1 Develop the
ability to draw polygons, circles and lines with different geometric conditions.
4.2 Geometric construction related with line like
bisecting a line, to draw perpendicular with a given line, divide a line, etc.
4.3 Geometric construction related with angle like bisect an angle, trisect an angle, etc.
4.4 To construct polygon. a: Triangle b: Square / Rectangle. c: Pentagon with special method. d: Hexagon with special method.
4.5 To draw tangents. 4.6 Geometric construction related with circle & arc.
Unit–5 ENGINEERING CURVES
5.1 Able to draw
engineering curves with proficiency and speed as per given dimensions.
5.2 Conic sections.
(a) Concept and understanding of focus, directrix, vertex and eccentricity and drawing of conic sections.
(b) Using various methods, understand construction of :
i. Ellipse. ii. Parabola.
iii. Hyperbola. 5.3 Cycloidal Curves(Cycloid, Epicycloid, Hypocycloid) 5.4 Involutes.
(a) Involutes of a circle (b) Involutes of a polygon
5.5 Spiral (Archimedean spiral only). Unit– 6 PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANES
6.1 Draw the
projection of points, lines and planes with different conditions.
6.2 Find out true shape and size of a inclined line or plane
6.1 Reference planes, orthographic projections. 6.2 Concept of quadrant. 6.3 1st angle and 3rd angle projection and their symbols. 6.4 Projection of points. 6.5 Projection of lines – determination of true length and
inclinations for following cases. (a) Line parallel to one or both the plane. (b) Line perpendicular to one of the plane. (c) Line inclined to one plane and parallel to
another. (d) Line inclined to both the planes.
6.6 Projection of Planes. (a) Types of planes. (b) Projection of planes parallel to one of the
reference planes. (c) Projection of plane inclined to one reference
plane and perpendicular to another. (d) Projection of planes inclined to both
reference planes.
Note : Triangle, Square / rectangle, pentagon, hexagon and circle shape should be included in various plane problems.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Sub-topics
Unit– 7 ORTHOGRAPHC PROJECTIONS
7. 1 Draw the orthographic views of object containing lines, circles and arc geometry. 7.2 Interpret given orthographic views and to imagine the actual shape of the component.
7.1 Types of projections-orthographic, perspective,
isometric and oblique: concept and applications. 7.2 Various term associated with orthographic
projections. (a) Theory of projection. (b) Methods of projection. (c) Orthographic projection. (d) Planes of projection.
7.3 Conversion of simple pictorial views into
Orthographic views. Illustrative problems on orthographic projection.
7.4 B.I.S. code of practice.
Note : (1) Problem should be restricted up to four views-
Front view/Elevation, Top view/Plan and Side views only.
(2) Use First Angle Method only.
Unit– 8 ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS
8.1 Draw the isometric view from orthographic views of object/s containing lines, circles and arcs.
8.2 Isometric axis, lines and planes. 8.3 Isometric scales. 8.4 Isometric view and isometric drawing. 8.5 Difference between isometric projection and
isometric drawing. 8.6 Illustrative problems limited to objects containing
lines, circles and arcs shape only.
5. SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY):
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
1. Engineering drawing aids. 0 00 00 02 02
2. Planning, layout and scaling of drawing. 0 02 00 03 05
3. Lines, lettering and dimensioning. 0 00 02 00 02 4. Geometric construction. 3 00 03 07 10 5. Engineering curves. 6 02 00 10 12
6. Projection of points, lines and planes. 8 03 00 14 17
7. Orthographic projections. 6 00 00 12 12 8. Isometric projections. 5 00 02 08 10
Total 28 07 07 56 70
Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
NOTES:
a: If midsem test is part of continuous evaluation, unit number 4, 5 and 6 (For Unit 6, except projections of planes) are to be considered. b:Ask the questions from each topic as per weightage of marks. Choice of questions must be given from the same topic.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
Ex. No.
Unit No. Practical Exercises Hours
1 1,2,3
USE OF DRAWING INSTRUMENTS:
1. Teacher will demonstrate- a: Use of drawing instruments. b: Planning and layout as per IS. c: Scaling technique.
2. Draw following.
Problem – 1 Drawing horizontal, vertical, 30 degree, 45 degree, 60 & 75 degrees lines using Tee and Set squares/ drafter. Problem – 2 Types of lines. Problem – 3 Types of dimensioning. Problem – 4 Alphabets & numerical ( Vertical & inclined as Per I.S.).
14
2 4
GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION:
Drawing of set of lines with different conditions. (Two problems) Drawing Polygons. (Three Problems) Drawing circles and arcs with different geometric conditions and with line constraints. (Three problems)
06
3
5
ENGINEERING CURVES – I:
Problem –1: Construction of ellipse using any two methods from arc of circle method, four centre method, rectangular method, eccentricity method and concentric circle method. Problem –2: Construction of parabola with any one method from rectangular method, tangent method and eccentricity method. Problem –3: Construction of hyperbola with any one method from eccentricity method and rectangular method. Problem –4: Construction of spiral. (Refer note c for dimensions).
04
4 5
ENGINEERING CURVES – II:
Problem – 1: Construction of cycloid. Problem – 2: Construction of hypocycloid & epicycloids. Problem – 3: Construction of involute (circle).
04
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Problem – 4: Construction of involute (polygon). (Refer note c for dimensions).
5
6
PROJECTIONS OF POINTS AND LINES:
Draw projection of points-For 10 various conditions.(One problem) Draw projection of lines with different conditions. (Four problems) (Refer note c for dimensions).
06
6 6
PROJECTIONS OF PLANE:
Draw projection of different planes with different conditions. (triangle, square / rectangular, pentagonal / hexagonal, and circular -one for each). (Four problems) (Refer note c for dimensions).
04
7
7
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS:
Draw Orthographic projections of different objects. (Two problems) (Draw four views of each object). (Refer note c for dimensions).
08
8
8
ISOMETRIC DRAWINGS:
Draw isometric drawings from given orthographic views (Three problems) (Refer note c for dimensions).
10
9 All
PROBLEM BASED LEARNING:
Given the orthographic views of at least three objects with few missing lines, the student will try to imagine the corresponding objects, complete the views and draw these views in sketch book.
-
10 All
SCHOOL WITHIN SCHOOL:
Explain at least one problem for construction and method of drawing in sheet to all batch colleagues. Teacher will assign the problem of particular sheet to be explained to each batch student.
Each student will assess at least one sheet of other students (May be a group of 5-6 students identified by teacher can be taken) and will note down the mistakes committed by them. Student will also guide the students for correcting the mistakes, if any.
-
Notes :–
a: Use both sides of sheet. For example, draw sheet number 2 on back side of sheet number 1, 4 on back of 3, and likewise.
b: Theory & practice should be in first angle projections and IS codes should be followed wherever applicable.
c: The dimensions of line, axes, distances, angle, side of polygon, diameter, etc. must be varied for each student in batch so that each student will have same problems, but with different dimensions.
d: The sketchbook has to contain data of all problems, solutions of all problems and student activities performed. Students’ activities are compulsory to be performed.
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
e: A hand out containing applicable standards from IS codes including title block as per IS standard should be given to each student by concerned teacher.
f: For 40 marks Practical Marks ESE, students are to be assessed for competencies achieved. Students are to be given data for practical ESE to prepare drawings.
7. LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES:
Following is the list of student activities to be performed by each student individually:
Activity No. Details of student activity
1 Sketch the combinations of set squares to draw angles in step of 150 .( 150 , 300 , 450 , 600 , 750 , 900 , 1050 , 1200 , 1350 , 1500 , 1650 , 1800 ).
2 Solve all problems for all sheets number 1 to 8 in sketch book (with dimensions).
3 List the shapes you are observing around you in real life with place/item. (For ellipse, parabola and hyperbola).
4 Take two simple objects. Sketch isometric of them. Also draw orthographic projections of them (all views).
5 Take one circular shape. Assume one point on circumference and mark it. Roll that shape on flat and circular surface. Observe the path of point.
6
List at least two questions individually which you would like to ask for followings: a: Ellipse. b: Involute of circle. c: Perspective projections. d: Use of geometric constructions. e: Quadrants.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES:
A. List of Books
Sr.No
. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Elements of Engineering Drawing. N.D. Bhatt Charotar Publishing House, Anand.
2 Engineering Drawing. P.J.Shah S.Chand, New Delhi.
3 Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing. W.J.Luzzadar Prentice-hall of India Pvt. Ltd.-New
Delhi 4 Fundamentals of Drawing. K.R.Gopalkrishna Subhash Publications, Banglore. 5 Engineering Drawing M.B.Shah, B.C.Rana Pearsons.
6 Machine Drawing. V. Laxminarayan & M.L.Mathur Jain Brother, New Delhi.
7 Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing. French & Vierck McGraw-Hill
B. List of Major Equipments/ Instruments :
Models- full and cut. Set of various industrial drawings being used by industries-up dated. Drawing equipments and instruments for class room teaching-large size. Drawing board-half imperial size. T-square or drafter (Drafting Machine).
Basic Engineering Drawing Course Code3300007
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Set squires (450 and 300-600) Protector. Drawing instrument box (containing set of compasses and dividers). Drawing sheets. Drawing pencils. Eraser. Drawing pins / clips. Roller scale
C. List of Software/Learning Websites:
rgpv-ed.blogspot.com/2009/02/engineering-curves.html http://www.slideshare.net/sahilsahil992/conic-section-1819818 http://www.technologystudent.com/designpro/drawdex.htm http://www.engineeringdrawing.org/engg_curves/problem-3-8-engineering-curves/490/ http://web.iitd.ac.in/~hirani/mel110-part3.pdf http://www.studyvilla.com/ed.aspx http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a703_xNeDao http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TCxTP_8ggNc http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JpgFPZILTu8&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o1YPja2wCYQ&feature=related http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dJyKV3Ay7vM&feature=fvwrel E-learning package from KOROS. E-learning package from Cognifront. CD with book-Engineering drawing, M.B. Shah-B.S. Rana (Pearson). Computer based learning material published by KOROS.
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
o Prof.K. H. Patel. Head Dept.of Mech., Engg., Dr. S. & S. Gandhi College of Engineering and Technology, Surat,
o Shri.H. R. Sapramer, Lecturer in Mech. Engineering, Dr. J.N.Mehta Government Polytechnic, Amreli.
o Prof.A.M. Talsaniya, Lecturer in Mech. Engineering, Sir Bhavsinhji Polytechnic Institute, Bhavnagar.
Co-ordinator and Faculty Memberfrom NITTTR Bhopal Prof. Sharad Pradhan, Associate Professor, Dept. of Mech. Engg., NITTTR, Bhopal.
Computer Application & Graphics Course Code: 3300012
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Computer Application & Graphics
(Code: 3300012)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Ceramic Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Mining Engineering, Plastic Engineering, Textile Manufacturing Technology, Textile Processing Technology, Transportation Engineering
First Semester
Automobile Engineering,
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE This subject envisages making the student know the fundamentals of Computer Application. It will also helps the student to have hands on experience on different application software used for office automation like MS-Word day-to-day problem solving, in particular for creating business documents, data analysis and graphical representations. Computer Application & Graphics is a course where student will be able to write, Draw, Tabulate, Report, Store and Retrieve and also print on Computer using various Hardware and Software. Moreover the market driven economy demands frequent changes in product design to suit the customer needs. With the introduction of computers the task of incorporating frequent changes as per requirement is becoming simpler. Some units in this course has been introduced at Diploma level in order to develop the skills in student so that they can generate various digital drawings as required using various CAD software.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies.
i. Use MS word software for word processing applications. ii. Use relevant software for drafting and editing 2D entities.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Computer Application & Graphics Course Code: 3300012
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Basics of Computer System
1.1 Describe computer hardware and software 1.2 Identify I/O devices 1.3 Describe functioning of CU ALU and memory unit 1.4 Differentiate various types of printers 1.5Explain use of OS 1.6Demonstrate various file
handling operations
Basics of Computer System Concept of Hardware and Software Computer block diagram Input Output unit CPU, Control Unit, Arithmetic logic Unit (ALU),
Memory Unit Monitor, Printers: Dot matrix, Laser, Inkjet,
Plotters, Scanner System software and Application Software Operating system concepts, purpose and functions Operations of Windows OS. Creating and naming of file and folders Copying file, renaming and deleting of files and
folders, Searching files and folders, installation
application, creating shortcut of application on the desktop
Overview of control Panel, Taskbar.
Unit– II Using MS - Word 2007
2.1Use basics text formatting features 2.2Manipulate text 2.3Use page Setup features 2.4Use spell and grammar utility 2.5Work with graphics/ clipart 2.6Create and manipulate table 2.7Use auto shapes and its formatting with text
Using MS - Word 2007 Overview of Word processor Basics of Font type, size, colour, Effects like Bold, italic , underline, Subscript and
superscript, Case changing options, Inserting, deleting, undo and redo, Copy and
Moving (cutting) text within a document, Formatting Paragraphs and Lists Setting line spacing; single Page settings and margins including header and
footer Spelling and Grammatical checks Table and its options, Inserting rows or columns,
merging and splitting cells, Arithmetic Calculations in a Table.
Working with pictures, Inserting Pictures from Files,
Using Drawings and WordArt; Lines and Shapes, Modifying Drawn Objects, Formatting Drawn Objects, options for Creating and Modifying a WordArt Object
Unit– III Creating digital drawings using a Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) Software
3.1Start Computer aided drafting software (AutoCAD).
3.2Invoke commands in AutoCAD.
3.3Set limits & Coordinate systems.
3.4 Use object selection methods. 3.5Create basic & advance 2D
Introduction to Basic Draw Commands in any Computer Aided Drafting software like Auto CAD Power draft, Micro station: System requirement & Understanding the
interface. Components of a CAD software window: Such
as Title bar, standard tool bar, menu bar, object properties tool bar, draw tool bar, modify toolbar, cursor cross hair. Command window, status bar,
Computer Application & Graphics Course Code: 3300012
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics entities. 3.6Close & save your work
drawing area, UCS icon. File features: New file, Saving the file, Opening
an existing drawing file, Creating Templates, Quit.
Setting up new drawing: Units, Limits, Grid, Snap,
Methods of Specifying points- Absolute coordinates and Relative Cartesian & Polar coordinates.
Using Object Snap like Endpoint, Midpoint, Intersection, Center Point, Quadrant Point, Nearest, Perpendicular, Apparent Intersection
SNAP, GRID, OTRACK, LINE, PLINE, ARC, CIRCLE, Ellipse, DONUT, Polygon, Region, File Commands: New, Open, Templates Save, Exit,
Standard sizes of sheet. Selecting Various plotting parameters such as Paper size, paper units, Drawing orientation, plot scale, plot offset, plot area, print preview
Concept of model space and paper space. Creating view ports in model space and creating
floating viewport in paper space. Shifting from model space to paper space and vice versa
Unit – IV Editing & viewing a Digital Drawing using a CAD software
4.1Modify existing 2D entities. 4.2Use different arrays in existing 2D drawing. 4.3View given drawing entities properly. 4.4Enquire about various attributes of existing 2D entities.
Introduction to Basic Edit, Inquiry and display Commands in any Computer Aided Drafting software like Auto CAD Power draft, Micro station: Copy, Rotate, Move, Erase, Mirror, Array, Trim,
Break, Extend, Chamfer, Fillet Zoom window, Zoom in-out, PAN List, Dblist, Area, Massprop
Unit – V Advance editing of a digital drawing using a CAD Software
5.1Use layers for proper management of drawings. 5.2Set properties of existing drawing entities as per requirement. 5.3 Able to dimension given 2D entities with perfection. 5.4Use Blocks effectively to create perfect drawings.
Introduction to Advanced Modify & other utility Commands in any Computer Aided Drafting software like Auto CAD Power draft, Micro station: Properties, Line type, colour, line weight Concept of Layers: Creating Layers, Naming
layers, Making layers ON/OFF, Freeze-Thaw layers, Lock/Unlock Layers. Setting the properties of layers like Color, Line type, Line weight
Concept of Blocks: Local block, global block. Creating, inserting, redefining & exploding blocks.
Concept of Hatch: Selecting Hatch pattern, Hatch styles, Hatch Orientations. Associative Hatch. Boundary Hatch, Hatching Object.
Dimensioning: Types of dimensioning: Linear- Horizontal, Vertical, Aligned, Rotated, Baseline, Continuous, Diameter, Radius, Angular Dimensions.
Dim scale variable. Editing dimensions.
Computer Application & Graphics Course Code: 3300012
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Text: Single line Text, Multiline text. Text Styles: Selecting font, size, alignment etc.
5. SPECIFICATION TABLE (for theory)
There is no theory paper and hence specification table for theory is not applicable
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance. .
S.No. Unit No. Practical Exercises 1 1 Create and manage files and folder tree
Use accessories utilities of windows OS Identify icons, processes going on, messages and interpretation Write given text using WORD software and beautify Plot and Print drawing, text on suitable paper Prepare report using stored text and drawing
2 2 Entering and editing text in document file.
Apply formatting features on Text like Bold, Italics, Underline, font type, colour and size. Apply features like bullet, numbering
Create documents, insert images, format tables Create and manipulate tables
Students will prepare File for the above mentioned practical and assignments
on individual basis. Students will collect photographs from internet which are related to field
application of topics.
3
3 Study of different types of drafting packages related to 2D e.g. AutoCAD, Power draft, Micro station.
Creating a new folder in the computer for saving your practical work. Draw any three complicated 2D shapes using lines only following Absolute,
Relative coordinate systems and object snaps. Draw Five problems on different geometrical shapes in AutoCAD software
using Lines, Polylines, Polygon, Circles, Arcs, Ellipse AutoCAD commands. Construc a common templates for all the following assignments with institutes
logo & standard title block. Plot one drawing using above template and containing some 2D entities on
suitable size of paper(A4).
4 4 List different properties of entities made in above activity slot. Try viewing commands on entities made in above activity slot.
Computer Application & Graphics Course Code: 3300012
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
Create drawing of three different Doors & Windows (Elevations). Create drawing of a modern Study table (Elevations). Create drawing of a modern sofa Set (Plan). Draw three problems with polar & rectangular Arrays. Create Top view of a circular and a rectangular Dining Table with six chairs
using Polar and Rectangular array concept respectively. Create plan & elevation of a primary school building. Create plan & elevation of a medium size modular kitchen.
5 5 Convert above door, windows, Bed, Dinning table into Blocks and use these
blocks in following activities. Three problems on 2D entity generation, which involve the use of layers,
blocks and hatching. Dimensioning of above figures. Create your own text style (individually) Draw two sheets on template developed at serial no.-3 and Create a plan &
elevation of a Duplex Bungalow with following layers: Basic civil structure Water supply line Electric supply Toilet fittings Furniture(using blocks)
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACCTIVITY
Teachers can decide on their own the list of student activities to promote the intereste of students in use
of computers and develop the competencies
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
Sr.
No.
Title of Book Author Publication
1. R Taxali Computer Course Tata McGraw Hills. New Delhi.
2. P. Nageswara Rao AutoCAD For Engineering Drawing Made Easy
Tata McGraw Hill
3. George Omura Mastering AutoCAD BPB publication
4. Sham Tickoo AutoCAD 2004 Galgotia Publications,New Delhi
5. Devid Frey AutoCAD 2000 BPB publication
6. A. Yarwood An Introduction to AutoCAD2000
LongMan
7. Ron House Using AutoCAD 2000 Prentice Hall
8. Autodesk Inc. Latest AutoCAD Manual Autodesk Inc.
Computer Application & Graphics Course Code: 3300012
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
Computer System
Printer
Flat Bed Plotter A4 size
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
Latest Educational Network version of Auto CAD Software
MS Office
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. H. L. Purohit, Head of Civil Engineering Department, L. E. College, MORBI
Prof. B G RAJGOR, HOD, Applied Mechanics Department , B & B Institute of Technology
Coordinator & Faculty from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. Sanjay Agarawal, Professor & Head Dept. of Computer Engg. & Application, NITTTR, Bhopal
Prof. Sharad Pradhan, Associate Professor, Dept. of Mechanical Engg., NITTTR, Bhopal
BRANCH CODE:06 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - II
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING CREDITS
(L+T+P)
EXAMINATION SCHEME
L T P THEORY PRACTICAL GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
1990001 CONTRIBUTOR PERSONALITY
DEVELOPMENT 4 0 0 4 70 30 20 30 150
3320003 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS(GROUP-2) 2 2 0 4 70 30 0 0 100
3300008 APPLIED MECHANICS 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3300009 APPLIED CHEMISTRY ( GROUP-1 ) 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3320601 BUILDING DRAWING 2 0 4 6 70 30 40 60 200
3320602 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 0 1 2 3 0 0 20 30 50
3320603 CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP
PRACTICE 0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60 100
TOTAL 14 3 14 31 350 150 160 240 900
ESE : END SEMESTER EXAM ESE for Practical includes Viva/Practical exam/Performance etc.
PA: PROGRESSIVE ASSESSMENT PA for Practical includes TW/Report writing/Seminar etc. related to practices
L: LECTURE PA for Theory includes Written Exam /Assignment/Quiz/Presentation or Combination of
all with prior intimation to the students at beginning of term.
T: TUTORIAL
P: PRACTICAL
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY MCA Sem-2/ B.E. Sem-2 & 7 / B.Pharm. Sem-2 & 7/ Diploma Engineering Sem-2 & 5 (01-07-2013)
Subject Name: Contributor Personality Development Subject Code: 1990001 Table-I -For MCA/B.E. / D.E
*For the Evaluation Scheme of Diploma Engineering Sem – 2, please refer the link http://www.gtu.ac.in/Syllabus/New_Diploma/sem-2/Pdf/3990001.pdf
Table-I –For B.Pharm only
Note: 1. This subject is compulsory. 2. 4 Credits will be over and above the existing credit structure. 3. This subject will be taught by faculty of English. For B. Pharm., the
institute will have to nominate one faculty member for the subject. 4. In Institutes, where as the load is not managed by the lecturers of
English only, please nominate the other faculty for teaching the course of Contributor Personality Development.
Table-I Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Theory (Hrs.)
Tutorial (Hrs.)
Practical (Hrs.)
Credit University Exam
(E)
Mid Sem
Exam
(Theory)
(M)
Practical
(Internal)
4 0 0 4 70 30 50
Table-II
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Theory (Hrs.)
Tutorial (Hrs.)
Practical (Hrs.)
Credit University Exam
(E)
Mid Sem
Exam
(Theory)
(M)
Practical
(Internal)
4 0 0 4 80 0 20
(A) Background
The Contributor Personality Program has been designed keeping in mind the following:
1.0 Technology students should not only be excellently trained in the technological field,
they should acquire soft skills if they are to be successful. Every student must also learn
about the techniques of effective participation in a group discussion. He/she must learn
to prepare his/her resume and he/she should also be groomed for presenting
himself/herself at an interview.
2..0 There is a great need to equip students with not only the right skill-sets but also the right
mindsets.
3.0 The „mindsets‟ needed in today‟s environment must support both (i) effective action and
(ii) values and service oriented behavior.
Effective action without human values can lead to personal benefits for individuals but a
long-term cost to both nation and society. Human values without effective action can lead
to an inability on the part of the individual to perform and flourish in today‟s
environment.
This combination of effectiveness with human values is crystallized in the concept of
“contributor ship”.
4.0 Students who adopt and develop the right mindsets early in their professional career are
able to bring about a positive and sustainable change in their overall personality.
They are able to grow the right approaches to their peers, seniors, industry, and their own
future. They become more responsible and capable of shaping their own lives.
Therefore, the program may be rightly called a “Contributor Personality Development
Program”.
5.0 Any program of this sort must, in order to be effective, be inspired and guided by a high
ideal and principles/ practices flowing from that ideal.
The Contributor Personality Program is guided by the ideals and ideas of Swami
Vivekananda – who represented in his leonine personality the highest ideals of human
values combined with effective action.
(B) Course Outline
Topics 1-6 relate to the basic axioms or “mental models” that students carry about themselves,
about success, careers, contribution, etc. The right mental models are a necessary prerequisite
for developing into a Contributor.
Topics 7-12 are 6 core practices that will help a student manifest the ideal of contributor ship in
one‟s life.
Topics 13-15 relate to the students capability to connect into the job-market.
Topic Course Title 1 Who is a Contributor
Student develops an appreciation of who the Contributors are and how they
fundamentally differ from Non-contributors in their overall approach to work, to
other human beings, to society as a whole.
2 The Contributor’s identity Student develops his/ her own answer to the question “who am I?” The student
becomes aware of the fact that Non-contributors usually define themselves in terms of
what they have acquired in life (e.g. qualifications, position, years of experience, etc.)
while Contributors define themselves in terms of what they will become or
accomplish (e.g. capacity to deliver, commitment and ownership of the organization‟s
purpose, etc.).
3 The Contributor’s vision of success The student explores the meaning of success in his life. Through this exploration, the
student is expected to recognize that Contributors have a wider definition of success
than Non-contributors. While Non-contributors define success in terms of material
success, achievement, external impact, etc., Contributors are able to widen this
definition of success to include personal fulfillment, development of self-esteem,
ongoing development of personal capabilities etc.
4 The Contributor’s vision of career The student learns to distinguish between an “acquisitive career” and a “contributive
career”. An acquisitive career is one in which the career-seeker is focused on
acquiring higher position, higher salary, more benefits etc. This preoccupation with
selfish interests often damages the individual‟s career, as well as, damages the
organization and society. A contributive career is one where the career-seeker is
focused on contributing, with rewards being a by-product of the contributions made.
5 The scope of contribution The student learns to perceive that in all type of work, every type of role, there is a
possibility of contributing at multiple levels – contributing to self, contributing to
organization, and contributing to society.
The student also appreciates the difference between “acquisition for self” and
“contribution to self” – the former being material acquisition and the latter being
conscious development of oneself through the medium of one‟s career.
6 Embarking on the journey to contributor ship The student recognizes the fundamental “building blocks” for becoming a Contributor
– the first building block being a shift from a “victim” to being a “creator of one‟s
destiny”; the second building block being acceptance of the ideal of contributor ship;
the third building block being the willingness to take full responsibility for one‟s own
development; the fourth building block being the capacity to reflect on one‟s
development and make appropriate modifications.
7 Design Solutions When faced with a challenge, the Contributor‟s first response is: “Can we find a
solution?” This is unlike a Non-contributor who may respond to the challenge by
trying a little and giving up, blaming others, or finding excuses to cover up the issue.
Whereas, the Contributor finds a solution. In other words, the Contributor develops
the capacity to find solutions through continuous practice and learning from other
Contributors.
In this topic, students learn the importance of willingness and ability to find solutions.
8 Focus on value What does creating value mean? It means making a positive difference, a tangible
impact, a specific contribution to any situation. This positive difference or impact can
be in the form of achieving a specific goal, creating a product, creating „human touch‟
in a particular interaction, or enhancing one‟s own capacity, or the capacity of one‟s
colleagues and team- mates.
Contributors are therefore extremely result-focused, but the result is measured in
terms of value created.
In this topic, students learn to clarify the meaning of the word “value” and how value
is created in various situations.
9 Engage deeply Contributors are instantly distinguished by the way they approach work. They get
involved. They are enthusiastic. They go deep into the subject. In short, Contributors
love what they do.
This is in direct contrast to Non-contributors who want to do only what they love - an
approach that seems reasonable until you realize that life and workplaces have so
much variety that you may very often be called upon to do tasks that seem unpleasant
or boring until you get involved.
In this topic, students learn the importance of engaging deeply with whatever work
they do – at work, in study, in personal life.
10 Think in Enlightened Self-interest Contributors think in Enlightened Self-Interest. In every situation they get into, they
find a way to create something good for self and for all at the same time – including
team mates, bosses, customers and their organization.
Contrasting to this is the mindset of a Non-Contributor. Such a person is only
concerned with his/ her own self-interest in a situation. He/she is not concerned about
the impact (positive or negative) on the other person. This leads to unpleasant
situations, broken relationships, unhappy team-mates, subordinates, and bosses, and
lower trust in any situation.
Students are expected to learn to appreciate the importance of thinking win-win for
all stakeholders and also in various situations.
11 Practice Imaginative Sympathy One of the unique qualities of Contributors is their ability to appreciate and
understand others‟ life situation, others‟ mental condition, and others‟ point of view.
How do they do this?
They have consciously developed a „way of thinking‟ called „Imaginative Sympathy‟.
In this way of thinking, they are able to give due importance to the human aspects of
a situation, and not just the technical or commercial aspects.
But this is not all. Imaginative Sympathy goes beyond looking at the human aspects
of the situation. It also means that Contributors are able to anticipate possible
interactions or reactions, they are able to take a multi-dimensional view of a situation
and they are able to bring about changes or results while taking everybody along with
them.
Imaginative Sympathy translates itself into active concern for others. Students will
learn the importance and consequences of Imaginative Sympathy in a workplace
situation.
12 Demonstrate Trust Behavior Contributors recognize that they are able to achieve results and make contributions
with the help of other human beings. They receive this help if and only if they are
trusted and, in turn, trust. Contributors practice trust behavior from very early in their
career, thereby building a huge trust balance (like a bank balance) over their career
and relationships.
The term Trust Behavior may be described as character-in-action. This includes
keeping one‟s word and commitments, staying with a task, acting with integrity in
every situation, making sure that there is complete transparency in one‟s actions and
interactions, etc.
Students are expected to learn to develop a deep appreciation of trust behavior and
how it is practiced.
13 Resume Building In this topic, students learn to develop a resume for the job-market. Students will
learn to develop both a generic resume and resumes specific to some types of jobs.
Students learn about best practices and common errors in developing their resume.
Most important, students learn to analyze the jobs offered and present themselves in
terms of their potential / willingness to contribute to the job.
14 Group Discussions (GDs) In this topic, students learn (i) how to participate in a group discussion from the
contributor‟s view-point (i.e. how to speak) (ii) how to contribute to the development
of the topic (i.e. what to speak) and (iii) to develop the Contributor‟s view-point on
various GD topics (i.e. how to interpret a topic of discussion from the point of view of
a contributor)
15 Interview Skills In this topic, students learn about (i) common interview questions and how to develop
answers (ii) typical challenges faced in interviews beyond the questions (such as body
language, grooming, presentation) (iii) most important, the student learns the
importance of trust building and creating confidence in the interview.
(C) Course Plan
The course duration is 48 hours. It can be conducted in sessions of 1 hour each or some of the sessions
can be combined as 2 hours each. The course plan is as follows –
Topic 1: Who is a Contributor – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol I)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 2: The Contributor’s identity – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol I)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 13: Resume Building 2 hours for Concepts, Tools, and Techniques
2 hours for Projects
4 hours
Topic 3: The Contributor’s vision of success – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol I)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 4: The Contributor’s vision of career – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol I)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 5: The scope of contribution – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol I)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 6: Embarking on the journey to contributorship – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol I)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 14: Group Discussions (GDs) 2 hours for Concepts, Tools, and Techniques
2 hours for Projects and Practice
4 hours
Topic 7: Design Solutions – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol II)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 8: Focus on value –
2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol II)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 9: Engage deeply – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol II)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 10: Think in Enlightened Self-interest – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol II)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 11: Practise Imaginative Sympathy – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol II)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 12: Demonstrate Trust Behavior – 2 hours Theory and practice exercises based on Contributor Personality Program Workbook
(Vol II)
1 hour Presentations and Projects
3 hours
Topic 15: Interview Skills 2 hours for Concepts, Tools, and Techniques
2 hours for Projects and Practice
4 hours
TOTAL 48 hours
(D) Examination Approach
Total marks: 150. Break-up of marks -
(i) Final exam : 70 marks (equal weightage for topics 1-15)
(ii) Presentations and projects for topics 1-12: 30 marks
(iii) Projects for topics 13-15: 50 marks
(E) Instructional Strategy
1.0 The entire course will use a three-level instructional strategy
Level I: Classroom Explorations
Level II: Projects and Presentations
Level III: Self-study by students
2.0 Level I: Classroom Explorations
1. The Classroom Explorations will be organized around the „Contributor Personality
Program – Study Book‟.
The Study Book may be downloaded by the student from the resource site produced
by GTU.
2. The Classroom Explorations involves two kinds of explorations:
(i) Exploration of key concepts / frameworks such as “contributors vision of
success” etc.
(ii) Exploration of the examples provided in the CPP Study Book.
3. The Classroom Explorations will be supported by Session Guide Sheets available
online in the CPP ActivGuide.
3.0 Level II: Projects & Presentations
1. The entire Classroom Exploration process will be supplemented by projects and
presentations.
2. Session Guides will provide sample topics for projects and presentations. Individual
instructors will be free to develop their own projects/ presentation topics also.
3. This will not only enhance conceptual clarity but also build presentation, public-
speaking, report writing, and group discussion skills of the students.
4.0 Level III: Self Study by students
1. Students will be given extensive learning support (upto 400 learning units) in the
ActivGuide website. This will include videos, presentations, tests, etc.
2. Students can refer to ActivGuide on their own time through internet.
(F) Reference Material
Basic Study Material
SN Author/s Name of Reference Publisher Edition 1 Illumine Knowledge
Resources Pvt. Ltd.
(Downloadable from
the internet)
Contributor Personality
Program Workbook (Vols
I & II)
Illumine Knowledge
Resources Pvt. Ltd
Latest
2 Illumine Knowledge
Resources Pvt. Ltd.
(will be made
available to all
students on the
Internet)
Contributor Personality
Program ActivGuide
Illumine Knowledge
Resources Pvt. Ltd
Latest
Reference Books
Topic Course Title Reference 1 Who is a Contributor 1. On Contributors, Srinivas V.; Illumine Ideas, 2011
2. Enlightened Citizenship and Democracy; Swami
Ranganathananda, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1989
3. Personality Development, Swami Vivekananda;
Advaita Ashrama
2 The Contributor’s identity 1. To have or to be, Erich Fromm; Continuum
International Publishing Group, 2005
2. The art of being, Erich Fromm; Continuum
International Publishing Group, 1992
3. Raja Yoga, Swami Vivekananda; Advaita
Ashrama
3 The Contributor’s vision
of success 1. Eternal Values for a Changing Society – Vol IV
(Ch 25, 35), Swami Ranganathananda; Bharatiya
Vidya Bhavan, 1993
2. Karma Yoga, Swami Vivekananda; Advaita
Ashrama
4 The Contributor’s vision
of career 1. Six Pillars of Self Esteem , Nathaniel Branden;
Bantam, 1995
2. Mindset: The New Psychology of Success, Carol
S. Dweck; Random House Publishing Group,
2007
5 The scope of contribution 1. Awakening India, Swami Vivekananda;
Ramakrishna Mission, New Delhi, 2011
2. Eternal Values for a Changing Society – Vol IV
(Ch 35), Swami Ranganathananda; Bharatiya
Vidya Bhavan, 1993
3. Lasting Contribution: How to Think, Plan, and
Act to Accomplish Meaningful Work, Tad
Waddington; Agate Publishing, 2007
6 Embarking on the journey to contributor ship
1. Vivekananda: His Call to the Nation, Swami
Vivekananda; Advaita Ashrama
2. Eternal Values for a Changing Society – Vol IV
(Ch 33), Vol III (Ch 19, 21, 30) Swami
Ranganathananda; Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1993
3. Lectures from Colombo to Almora, Swami
Vivekananda; Advaita Ashrama
7 Design Solutions 1. Why not?: how to use everyday ingenuity to solve
problems big and small, Barry Nalebuff, Ian
Ayres; Harvard Business School Press, 2003
2. How to Have a Beautiful Mind, Edward De Bono;
Vermilion, 2004
8 Focus on value 1. The value mindset: returning to the first principles
of capitalist enterprise (Ch 8 & 9); Erik Stern,
Mike Hutchinson; John Wiley and Sons, 2004
2. Managing for Results, Peter F. Drucker;
HarperCollins, 2009
9 Engage deeply 1. The Power of Full Engagement: Managing
Energy, Not Time, is the Key to High
Performance and Personal Renewal, Jim Loehr,
Tony Schwartz; Simon and Schuster, 2003
10 Think in Enlightened Self-interest
1. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, Stephen
R. Covey; Simon and Schuster, 2004
2. Creating Shared Value, Michael E. Porter and
Mark R. Kramer; Harvard Business Review;
Jan/Feb2011, Vol. 89 Issue 1/2
11 Practice Imaginative Sympathy
1. Eternal Values for a Changing Society – Vol IV
(Ch 8, 10, 23, 35, 37), Swami Ranganathananda;
Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1993
2. Eternal Values for a Changing Society – Vol III
(Ch 18), Swami Ranganathananda; Bharatiya
Vidya Bhavan, 1993
12 Demonstrate Trust Behavior
1. The Speed of Trust: The One Thing That Changes
Everything, Stephen M. R. Covey, Rebecca R.
Merrill, Stephen R. Covey; Free Press, 2008
2. Integrity: The Courage to Meet the Demands of
Reality, Henry Cloud; HarperCollins, 2009
3. Responsibility at work: how leading professionals
act (or don't act) responsibly, Howard Gardner;
John Wiley & Sons, 2007
13 Resume Building 1. What Color Is Your Parachute? 2012: A Practical
Manual for Job-Hunters and Career-Changers,
Richard Nelson Bolles; Ten Speed Press, 2011
2. The what color is your parachute workbook: how
to create a picture of your ideal job or next career,
Richard Nelson Bolles; Ten Speed Press, 2011
14 Group Discussions (GDs) 1. Effective Group Discussion: Theory and Practice,
Gloria J. Galanes, Katherine Adams; McGraw-
Hill, 2004
15 Interview Skills 1. What Color Is Your Parachute? 2012: A Practical
Manual for Job-Hunters and Career-Changers,
Richard Nelson Bolles; Ten Speed Press, 2011
2. The what color is your parachute workbook: how
to create a picture of your ideal job or next career,
Richard Nelson Bolles; Ten Speed Press, 2011
General References:-
SN Author/s Name of Book Publisher Edition 1 Swami
Ranganathananda
Universal Message of the
Bhagavad Gita (Vol 1-3)
Advaita Ashrama,
Kolkata
Latest
2 Swami
Ranganathananda
Eternal Values for a
Changing Society (Vol 1-
4)
Bharatiya Vidya
Bhavan
Latest
3 Asim Chaudhuri Vivekananda: A Born
Leader
Advaita Ashrama,
Kolkata
Latest
4 Swami Vivekananda Complete Works of
Swami Vivekananda (Vol
1-9)
Advaita Ashrama,
Kolkata
Latest
5 Swami Vivekananda Letters of Swami
Vivekananda
Advaita Ashrama,
Kolkata
Latest
Advance Mathematics (Group-2) Course Code: 3320003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Advance Mathematics (Group-2) (Code: 3320003)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which
offered Civil Engineering, Ceramic Enginering,Environment Engineering,Mechanical Engineering, Mining Engineering, Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
The course is classified under Advance Mathematics and students are intended to understand the advance concepts and principles of Mathematics such as calculus, coordinate geometry and Statics. This knowledge is required to understand and solve engineering problems.
2. COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of mathematical skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
Use proper Mathematical tool to understand engineering principles and
concepts. Apply concepts of calculus or suitable mathematical tool to solve given
engineering problems. .
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 2
2
0 4
70
30
0
0
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P -Practical;C – Credit; ESE -End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment. Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU.
Advance Mathematics (Group-2) Course Code: 3320003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Co-ordinate Geometry
1a. Find the distance between two points, use Mid-Point formula for quadrilateral 1b. Find the equation of locus using Distance Formula 1c.Find the equation of line using the different forms 1d .Find the equation of circle 1e. Find Tangent and Normal to the circle
1.1Point : Distance Formula, Mid-point, Locus of a point 1.2Straight Line : Forms of Equation of St Lines : Slope Point Form, Two Point Form, Intercept Form, Parallel and Perpendicular lines 1.3 Circle : Equation of Circle, Centre and radius form, Tangent and Normal and related problems.
Unit– II Function & Limit
2a .Solve the problem using functions 2b .Solve the problem of function using the concept of Limit
2.1 Function Concept and Examples 2.2 Limit Concept of Limit, Standard Formulae and related Examples.
Unit– III Differentiation & it’s Applications
3a.Differentiate the various function 3b.Apply the differentiation to Velocity, Acceleration and Maxima & Minima
3.1Differentiation: Definition, Rules of, Sum, Product, Quotient of Functions, Chain Rule, Derivative of Implicit functions and Parametric functions, Logarithmic Differentiation. Successive Differentiation up to second order 3.2 Application: Velocity, Acceleration, Maxima & Minima.
Unit– IV Integration & its application
4a .Integrate the various function 4b .Apply the Integration for
finding Area and Volume
4.1 Integration: Concept, Integral of Standard Functions, Working Rules of Integration, Integration by Parts, Integration by Substitution Method, Definite Integral and its properties. 4.2 Application: Area and Volume.
Unit-V Statistics
5a .Measure Central Tendency in given data 5b. Measure Dispersion in given data
5.1 Measures of Central Tendency for Ungrouped and Grouped Data : Mean, Median and Mode 5.2 Measure of Dispersion for Grouped and Ungrouped data : Standard deviation
Advance Mathematics (Group-2) Course Code: 3320003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5. SUGGESTED SPRCIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
I Co-ordinate Geometry 5 2 8 4 14
II Function & Limit 4 3 5 4 12 III Differentiation & its Application 8 4 8 6 18 IV Integration & its Application 8 4 8 4 16 V Statistics 3 2 5 3 10 Total 28 15 34 21 70
Legends: R = Remember; U= Understand; A= Application and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy) Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table. 6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES (During tutorial hours)
The exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of mathematical skills so that students are able to acquire above mentioned competencies.
S. No. Unit
No. Exercises/Tutorial
1 I Co-ordinate Geometry, Practice Examples 2 I Solve engineering problems using coordinate geometry 3 II Practice Examples of Function & Limit 4 II Use of Various Method/Techniques. 5 III Differentiation and Related Examples 6 III Solve problems related to various methods/techniques of differentiations 7 III Identify the Engineering Applications from respective branches and solve the
problems 8 IV Integration & Related Examples. 9 IV Solve problems Related to Various Methods/Techniques of integration 10 IV Identify the Engineering Applications from respective branches and solve the
problems 11 V Statistics, Practice Examples 12 V Use Excel and solve the problems
Note: The above Tutor sessions are for guideline only. The remaining Tutorial hours are may be used by teachers appropriately for revision and practice.
Advance Mathematics (Group-2) Course Code: 3320003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: course/topic based seminars, internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based Mini-Projects etc. These could be individual or group-based. Some of these may be as below:
1. Applications to solve identified Engineering problems and use of Internet. 2. Learn graphical sofwares:EXCEL,DPLOT,GRAPH etc. 3. Learn MathCAD to use Mathematical Tools and solve the problems of
Calculus. 4. Learn MATLAB and use it to solve the identified problems.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 Anthony croft and others
Engineering Mathematics (third edition)
Pearson Education,2012
2 Pandya N R Advanced Mathematics for Polytechnic
Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.,2012
3 Deshpande S P Polytechnic Mathematics Pune Vidyarthi Gruh Prakashan,1984
4 Prakash D S Polytechnic Mathematics S Chand,1985 B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
1. Simple Calculator
2. Computer System with Printer, Internet
3. LCD Projector
C. List of Software/Learning Websites 1. Excel
2. DPlot
3. Graph
4. Math CAD
5. MATLAB
You may use other Software like Mathematica and other Graph
Plotting software. Use wikipedia.org, mathworld.wolfram.com Etc…
Advance Mathematics (Group-2) Course Code: 3320003
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE:
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Dr. N. R.Pandya, HOD-General Dept.,Govt. Polytechnic, Ahmedabad Dr N A Dani, Lecturer,Govt. Polytechnic,Junagadh.
Prof. (Smt) R L Wadhwa,Lect Govt Polytechnic,Ahmedabad
Prof. H C Suthar, BPTI,Bhavnagar
Prof. P N Joshi, Govt Polytechnic,Rajkot
Coordinator and Faculty Member From NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. P. K. Purohit, Associate Professor, Dept. of Applied Science
Dr. Deepak Singh, , Associate Professor, Dept. of Applied Science
Applied Mechanics Course Code: 3300008
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Applied Mechanics
(Code: 3300008)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Automobile Engineering, Metallurgy Engineering
First Semester
Civil Engineering, Environment Engineering, Fabrication Technology, Mechanical Engineering, Mechatronics Engineering, Mining Engineering, Transportation Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
Applied mechanics, as its name suggests, bridges the gap between physical theory and its application to technology. As such, applied mechanics is used in many fields of engineering, especially mechanical and Metallurgy Engineering. In this context, it is commonly referred to as engineering mechanics. To impart basic knowledge of Engineering Mechanics where in Laws of Physics are applied to Solve Engineering problems, this programme / course will help the student to develop basic know how & awareness of the various laws of physics & it’s real life applications in the various fields of engineering
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES The course content leading to the achievement of the following competencies;
i. Apply the concepts of force, work and energy to calculate work done, power required & efficiency for various simple machines
3. Teaching and Examination Scheme
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Applied Mechanics Course Code: 3300008
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENT
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics Unit – I Introduction
1.1Define scope of Engineering Mechanics 1.2 Classify Scalar & Vector quantity 1.3Diffrentiate the systems of Units
Scalar & Vector Quantities – like force , pressure , velocity , acceleration Static & Dynamic – Kinetics & Kinematics MKS , CGS & SI units and its conversion along with FPI and Metric System
Unit– II Coplanar Concurrent Forces
2.1Understand Co - planer Concurrent Force system 2.2Compute resultant & Equilibrium forces for given coplanar concurrent force system
Force – units , elements , Laws/Principles of forces such as Principle of Superposition ,Principle of transmissibility Composition & Resolution of Forces Resultant & Equilbrium forces conditions of equilibrium Analytical & graphical method for Law of Parallelogram , Law of Triangle , Lami’s Theorems , Law of Polygon
Unit– III Coplanar Non-Concurrent Forces
3.1Differentiate Co-planar , parallel and non - concurrent forces 3.2Compute resultant & Equilibrium forces for given coplanar concurrent force system 3.3 Calculate Support reactions of the given simply supported beam
Principal of Moment Moment , Couple , , application , properties of couple , conditions of equilibrium types of supports, end conditions – Hinge , free end , roller ,fix , types of loads like point load , U.D.L , U.V.L , Couple , Analytical method to Evaluate reactions in statically determinate beam subjected to point load and/ or U.D.L by analytical method of solving Statically determinate beams to
Unit – IV Centroid & Centre of Gravity
4.1Distinguish between Centroid and Centre of Gravity 4.2Compute Centroid & centre of gravity in different shape and lamina
First moment of area; to find Centroid –standard shapes of I , L , Channel & T sections , axis of symmetry First moment of mass; to find C.G of standard solids sections , Axis of symmetry
Unit – V Friction
5.1Appreciate Friction and its Engineering applications 5.2Calculate coefficient of friction for different surfaces
Friction , Laws of Friction , Angle of Friction , Angle of Repose, types of friction Application of Lami’s theory and theory of resolution of forces , examples on friction for a block resting on horizontal plane & on inclined plane
Unit – VI Work, Power & Energy
6.1Establish relation between Work, Power Energy 6.2Calculate IHP and BHP in different conditions
Work – work done , force displacement diagram , torque , work done by torque Power – I.H.P and B.H.P of engine ,Equation of H.P in terms of Torque and R.P.M , Engineering Problems Energy – Kinetic & Potential energy and Engineering Problems
Unit – VII Simple Machines
7.1Apply the principle & application of Simple Machines 7.2 Compare reversible & irreversible Machines, evaluate the efficiencies of various simple machines
principles of machines to evaluate Mechanical Advantage , Velocity Ratio of simple machine pulley blocks , Draw Line sketch of different systems of Simple and compound levers ,Problems , Laws of Machines , reversible & non reversible machines
Applied Mechanics Course Code: 3300008
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total Marks
1. Introduction 02 04 00 00 04 2. Coplanar Concurrent Forces 10 02 02 06 12 3. Coplanar Non-Concurrent Forces 10 02 02 08 12 4. Centroid and Centre of Gravity 04 02 02 06 10 5. Friction 06 02 04 06 12 6. Work, Power & Energy 04 02 02 06 10 7. Simple Machines 06 02 02 08 12
Total 42 16 14 40 70 Legends:
R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s taxomonoy 6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL/EXPERIMENTS
The exercises/practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency. Following is the list of
exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
S. No. Unit No. Practical Exercise/Experiment 1 01 ----
2 02 Verify and calculate resultant force through Law of Parallelogram , Polygon Law of Forces , Lami’s Theorem
3 03 Verify reactions in beam through Graphical & analytical method 4 04 Calculate Centroid of lamina and Centroid of different sections 5 05 Calculate Co efficient of Sliding Friction for different surfaces – Wood , Glass 6 06 ----
7 07 Work-out M.A & Efficiency of Simple purchase crab , simple wheel and axle , simple screw jack
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
7.1 Students will prepare File/journal for the above mentioned Experiments. 7.2 Students may be given few exercises to calculate resultant/equilibrium force of the force system
graphically & analytically verify the results. -unit 2 7.3 Student may be asked to collect photographs from internet which is related to field application
of various topics.
Applied Mechanics Course Code: 3300008
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12 Gujarat State
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING ACTIVITIES
A. List of Books
Sr.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Engineering Mechanics R S Khurmi S. Chand , New Delhi
2. Engineering Mechanics D S Kumar S. K. Kataria & Sons,
3. Engineering Mechanics 7th
edition
Bear & Jonstan New media
4. Applied Mechanics H J Shah & Junarkar CHAROTAR Publication
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
7.4 Apparatus for Law of Parallelogram , Lami's theorem & law of Polygon
7.5 Apparatus for determination of coefficient of friction
7.6 Apparatus to determine CG of Lamina
7.7 Beam apparatus to find reactions
7.8 Simple purchase crab , simple wheel and axle , simple screw jack
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
Video Lectures on Applied Mechanics By Prof.SK. Gupta, Department of Applied Mechanics,
IIT Delhi
www.tut.fi/.../InstituteofAppliedMechanicsandOptimization/TME-51
ocw.mit.edu › ... › Mechanics of Materials
www.me.ust.hk/.../ME106-applied%20mechanics-lecture%201.pdf
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. B G RAJGOR , HOD , Dept of Applied Mechanics, B & B Institute of Technology
Prof. J H GABRA , I/C HOD , Dept of Applied Mechanics, G.P , Godhara
Co-ordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. J.P.Tegar, Professor Dept. of Civil and Environmental Engg, NITTTR, Bhopal.
Applied Chemistry (Group-1) Course Code: 3300009
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Applied Chemistry (Group-1) (Code: 3300009)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering, Ceramic Engineering, Environment Engineering, Mining Engineering, Transportation Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
Science is the foundation for all technician courses. The Basic aim of teaching science is to develop in the students the habit of scientific inquiry, ability to establish the cause and effect, relationship.
Applied Chemistry forms the part of applied science and the study of basic concepts of chemistry like chemical bonding, corrosion, water treatment, and different engineering materials like polymers, paints ,glasses, cement, Refractories etc. and awareness of pollution in chemical industries etc. will help the students in understanding engineering subjects where the emphasis is laid on the application of these concepts
Chemistry is concerned with the changes in structure and properties of matter. Many of these processes, forms the basis of engineering activities. Teaching of chemistry should be aimed at developing the right type of aptitude in the students and the ability to predict the result under given condition, thus good foundation in basic science will help the students in their self development, to cope up with continuous flow of innovations.
2. COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
Apply the basic concepts and principles of Chemistry in Engineering applications.
Select the proper materials for given engineering applications.
Applied Chemistry (Group-1) Course Code: 3300009
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA 150
3 0 2 5
70
30
20
30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C – Credit;; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU. 4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I Chemical Bondings and Catalysis
1a. Explain various
properties of material depending upon bond formation
1b. Describe the molecular structure of solid, liquid and gases
1c. Explain the crystal structure of metal and properties reflected by packing of atoms
1d. Explain the various types of catalysis and catalyst
Introduction 1.1 Theory Of Valence 1.2 Types of chemical bonds 1.2.1 Electrovalent bond,& its characteristics 1.2.2 Covalent bond & its characteristics 1.2.3 Co- ordinate bond & its characteristics 1.2.4 Hydrogen bond, its types and Significance 1.2.5 Metallic bond, Explationation of Metallic properties . 1.3 Intermolecular force of attraction 1.4 Molecular arrangement in solid, liquid and Gases. 1.5 Structure of solids. 1.5.1 Metallic solids- Unit cell- bcc, fcc and hcp packing of metals –examples and properties reflected by the packing of atoms 1.6 Catalysis, 1.6.1 Types of catalysis 1.6.2 Theory of Catalysis 1.7 Types of Catalyst 1.7.1 Positive Catalyst 1.7.2 Negative Catalyst 1.7.3 Auto-catalyst 1.8 Catalytic Promoter and Catalytic inhibitor 1.9 Industrial Application of Catalyst
Applied Chemistry (Group-1) Course Code: 3300009
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– II Ionization And pH
2a. Describe the theory of
ionization and factors affecting it.
2b. Describe the importance of pH & and Perform its industrial application
2.1 Introduction 2.2 Arrhenius theory of ionization. 2.3 Ionic Equilibrium of water 2.3 Degree of ionization
2.3.1 Factors affecting the degree of ionization
2.4 Definition of pH 2.4.1 pH of acid, base and neutral solution 2.4.2 pH calculations of acid, base and salt solution at different concentration 2.4.3 Importance of pH in various fields.
Unit– III Metal corrosion and its control
3a. Describe the different
types of corrosion
3b. List the different factors affecting rate of corrosion
3c. Describe the different protective measures to prevent the corrosion
3.1. Explanation of corrosion 3.2 Types of corrosion 3.2.1 Dry corrosion: Oxidation corrosion mechanism corrosion-mechanism , Nature of oxide film 3.2.2 Wet corrosion-mechanism 3.2.3 Concentration cell corrosion 3.3 Pitting corrosion 3.4 Waterline corrosion 3.5 Crevice corrosion 3.6 Factors affecting the rate of corrosion, 3.7 Corrosion Control Modification of environment , Modification of the properties of metal , Use of protective coatings. Anodic and Cathodic protection, Modification in design and choice of material
Unit– IV Water Treatment
4a. Differentiate the hard
and soft water 4b. Explain the types and
degree of Hardness 4c. Describe the ill effect of
hard water in boiler operation
4d. Explain the different methods for removal hardness in water
4e. Apply the water treatment for drinking water
4.1. Hard water and soft water. 4.2 Types of hardness of water 4.2.1 Salts producing hardness of water. 4.2.2 Method to express the hardness of water 4.3 Estimation of total hardness by EDTA Method 4.3.1 Examples to calculate the hardness 4.4 Effect of hard water in Boiler operation 4.4.1 Scale and sludge formation and it’s Prevention 4.4.2 Priming and foaming and it’s prevention. 4.4.3. Caustic embrittlement and it’s prevention. 4.4.4 Corrosion and it’s prevention. 4.5 Softening of Water 4.5.1 Soda-Lime process 4.5.2 Permutit process 4.5.3 Ion Exchange process 4.5.4 Reverse Osmosis process
Applied Chemistry (Group-1) Course Code: 3300009
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
4.6 Treatment of Drinking water 4.6.1 Sedimentation 4.6.2 Coagulation 4.6.3 Filtration 4.6.4 Sterilization of water by chlorination 4.6.5 Break-point chlorination 4.7 Treatment of waste water
Unit– V Cements, Glasses & Refractories
5a. Describe the
constituents of cements 5b. Explain setting and
hardening chemistry of cement
5c. Describe variety of glass and their application
5.1 Cement, Constituting compound in cement 5.2 Composition of Portland cement 5.3 Manufacture of Portland cement 5.4 Setting and Hardening of cement 5.5 Glass and its general properties 5.6 Manufacture of glass 5.7 Variety of Glasses and their application 5.8 Definition & application of refractories. 5.9 Characteristics of refractories 5.10 Classification of refractories like 5.10.1 Acid refractories 5.10.2 Basic refractories 5.10.3 Neutral refractories
Unit– VI Paints, Varnishes & Insulators.
6a. Differentiate paints and
varnishes
6b. Describe different Ingredients of paints and their function
6c. Differentiate between paints and varnishes
6d. Describe the properties and uses of insulating materials
6.1 Definition of paints and Varnishes 6.2 Purpose of oil paint 6.3 Characteristics of oil pains 6.4 Ingredients of paints 6.5 Function and Examples of each ingredients 6.6 Varnish and its types 6.7 Difference between paints and varnishes 6.8 Definition Of Insulators 6.9 Characteristics of Insulators 6.10 Classification of insulators 6.11 Properties and Application of 6.11.1 Glass wool 6.11.2 Thermocole
Unit– VII Polymer, Adhesives & Elastomers
7a. Explain the process of
polymerisation
7b. Describe the properties and uses of Polymers, elastomers &adhesives.
7c. Explain the process of vulcanization of rubber
7d. Classify the types of
7.1 Introduction and Definition of Polymer
and Monomer 7.2 Classification of Polymer on basis of
Molecular structure as Linear, Branch and Cross-linked polymers
7.3 Classification on basis of monomers (homopolymer and copolymer)
7.4 Classification of Polymers on basis of Thermal behavior(Thermoplastics& Thermosetting)
7.5 Types polymerization Reaction
Applied Chemistry (Group-1) Course Code: 3300009
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
adhesives and their application
7.5.1 Addition Polymerization 7.5.2 Condensation Polymerization 7.6 Synthesis, properties and application of 7.6.1 Polyethylene 7.6.2 Polypropylene 7.6.3 Polyvinyl chloride 7.6.4Teflon 7.6.4 Polystyrene 7.6.5 Phenol formaldehyde 7.6.6 Acrylonitrile 7.6.7 Epoxy Resin 7.7 Define the term elastomers 7.8 Natural rubber and its properties 7.9 vulcanization of rubber 7.10 Synthetic rubber,Synthesis,properties and uses 7.10.1 Buna-S Rubber 7.10.2 Buna-N Rubber 7.10.3 Neoprene Rubber 7.11 Definition of adhesives and Examples 7.11.1 Characteristics of adhesives 7.11.2 Classification of adhesives and their uses.
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks (Duration – …..Hours)
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total
I Chemical Bondings and catalysis 06 3 2 3 08 II Ionization and pH 06 2 4 4 10 III Metal corrosion & its control 05 3 2 3 08 IV Water Treatment 06 4 2 4 10 V Cements, Glasses & Refractories 07 4 2 4 10 VI Paints, Varnishes & Insulators. 05 4 2 4 10 VII Polymer , Adhesives & Elastomers 07 4 4 6 14
Total 42 24 18 28 70 Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Application and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy) Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table.
Applied Chemistry (Group-1) Course Code: 3300009
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competency –
S. No. Unit No. Practical Exercise
Approx Hours
Required 1 I Determine the strength of acidic solution by using standard solution
of Base. 02
2 II Standardize KMnO4 solution by preparing standard oxalic acid and to estimate ferrous ions.
02
3 II Standardize Na2S2O3 solution by preparing standard potassium dichromate and to estimate percentage of copper from brass.
02
4 II Determine PH-Values of given samples of Solution by using Universal Indicator and PH-meter
02
5 IV Determine the total hardness of water by EDTA method 02 6 VII Determine molecular weight of a polymer using Ostwald viscometer 02 7 VII Preparation of (any one ) polystyrene, urea formaldehyde, phenol
formaldehyde and its Characterization 02
8 V Determine Calcium from given sample of cement by volumetric method
02
9 IV Determination of total dissolved and suspended solids in given water sample
02
10 III Study of corrosion of metals in medium of different pH 02 11 III Determine total alkalinity of water sample 02 12 IV Determine the COD of given water sample 02 13 III Study of Corrosion of Metals in the different Mediums. 02 Note Minimum Ten Experiments should be performed by the students
from the above given list or experiment related to above topics
Total 26
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
Teacher guided self learning activities.
Course/topic based internet based assignments.
Library survey regarding Engineering Material used in different industries.
Industrial Visits of one or Two Industries.
Quiz & Brain storming session related to Fuel properties & Utilization of fuel for
different purposes.
Sampling & Testing of water collected from different places.
These could be individual or group-based.
Applied Chemistry (Group-1) Course Code: 3300009
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
Sr.No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Engineering Chemistry JAIN & JAIN Dhanpat Rai and Sons 2 A Text Book of Polytechnic Chemistry V.P. Mehta Jain Brothers 3 A Text Book of Applied Chemistry J. Rajaram Tata McGraw Hill Co.
New Delhi 4 Engineering Chemistry S.S.Dara S.Chand Publication
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
PH- Meter
Red wood Viscometer
Electronic Balance/ Chemical Balance
Glass wares
C. List of Software/Learning Websites:
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE:
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
1. Prof.J.C.Patel, I/C.Head, Science & Humanities Department, Dr.S.& S.S. Ghandhy College of Engineering Technology, Surat
2. Dr. P.R.Patel, Head, Science & Humanities Department, N.G.Patel Polytechnic, Isroli, Bardoli
3. Prof.S.A.Nimakwala, I/C.Head, Science & Humanities Department, Shri.K.J. Polytechnic, Bharuch.
4. Prof.R.R.Patel, I/C.Head, Science & Humanities Department,G.P. Himmatnagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Members From NITTTR Bhopal
1. Dr. Abhilash Thakur, Associate Professor, Dept. of Applied Sciences
2.Dr. Bashirulla Shaik, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Applied Sciences
Building Drawing Course Code: 3320601
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Building Drawing (Code: 3320601)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering, Environment Engineering, Transportation Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
Drawing is very important subject especially for civil engineers. This is also considered as a language of engineering communication. Basic and primary features of Engineering Drawing are being taught in Basic Engineering Drawing (code 3300007). At advance stage the skills of producing working drawings are necessary for technicians, this course has been designed in such a way that a technician can produce more detailed Civil Engineering Drawing related to construction of single storied , double storied residential buildings, public buildings and other simple civil engineering structures. Moreover, application of building regulation and by-laws as per local authorities will also be taught in this course, knowledge of which is must for planning buildings so that plan is approved by local civic authorities.
2. COMPETENCIES The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
i. Read and interpret the building construction drawings.
ii. Produce residential building drawing and other construction details with Building services considering building control regulations and by-laws
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
200 2 0 4 6 70 30 40
60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit;; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment. Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU.
Building Drawing Course Code: 3320601
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I Introduction
1a.Appreciate types of Drawings and its importance.
1b.Draw various types of Projections
1c.Use building drawing Symbols, Conventions and Abbreviations
1d.Apply various types of scales as per needs.
1.1 Types of drawing with appropriate scale & uses index map, key plan, village map, site plan, layout plan.
1.2 Types of Projection adopted in Building Drawing
1.3 Scales for various types of Drawings 1.4 Working drawing, large scale drawing enlarges scale drawing.
1.5 Symbols, Conventions and Abbreviations for - Electrical fittings , water supply ,sanitary fittings, material for construction etc.
1.6 Sizes of various standard papers Unit– II Building, regulation, byelaws and Principal of Planning
2a. Apply the Bye laws and Principles of Planning for residential and other public buildings.
2.1 building bye laws of local body for residential building (show local authority publication) -plot area, built up area, carpet area, FSI, size of rooms, margins, heights, passages, ventilation, circulation and others
2.2 principles of planning for residential building in detail such as - Room dimension, area, heights, privacy, roominess factor ,orientation, grouping, drainage, aspect, prospect, drainage, economy
2.3 Color code for alteration and addition in existing building
2.4 Approval procedure with respect to bye laws Unit– III Planning of Residential Building
3a. Develop concept plan of buildings
3b.Prepare detail
drawings for single and two storied residential building and public building
.
3.1 Concept plan and drawing of residential single and two storied buildings
3.2 Concept plan of public buildings such as hospital ,school, shopping center , office building and industrial unit
3.3 Given situation & Plot area, preparation of detailed drawing of a single storied and double storied residential building with detail of Line plan, Detailed Plan, Ground floor Plan, First floor plan, Elevation and Sections
Building Drawing Course Code: 3320601
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– IV Perspective Drawings and modeling
4a. Generate perspective
view of simple building by different methods
4b. Develop building models
4.1 Introduction of perspective view and other related terms.
4.2 Perspective view of single room residential building and simple public buildings
4.3 Elements of perspective drawing.
4.4 Model preparation of simple buildings
Unit- V Constructional details drawing of buildings
5a. Draw details of parts of buildings
5b. provide scope and provisions for building components and services
5.1Drawings of Parts of buildings such as staircases, chajjas , projections, columns , pier, slabs, footings etc 5.2provisions in drawings for building services such as air conditioning, plumbing, water supply and firefighting, elevators, lifts and escalators etc 5.3Electrification plan and drawings: 5.4 Show building service like water supply, sanitary, electrification on line plan
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY )
Unit No.
Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level
Total Marks
1. Introduction 04 04 02 00 06 2. Building, regulation, bye-laws
and Principal of Planning 06 02 04 04 10
3. Planning of Residential Building 08 04 10 20 24 4. Perspective Drawings and
modeling 06 04 04 10 18
5. Constructional details drawing of buildings
04 02 04 06 12
Total 28 16 24 40 70 Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy) Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table.
Building Drawing Course Code: 3320601
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF PRACTICAL/EXERCISES
The exercises/practical should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire the competencies mentioned above. S. No. Unit
No. Practical/ Exercises Approx
Hours. Required
1 I interpretation of building drawings approved under local authority
02
2 II Draw symbols , conventions and Abbreviations in sketch book
02
3 II Study of building by-laws act and national building code ( NBC )
02
4 III Draw detail plan on drawing sheet - 1 plan ,elevation and section of existing building ( actual Measurement Drawing)
08
5 IV Draw detail of foundation plan of one room building /two room building in sketch book
04
6 IV Draw working drawings sheet -2 for single storied residential building (bunglow)on 250sq.m plot with scale and show following detail: GF & FF plan with elevation, section and opening schedule
16
7 V Prepare concept plan of any one other type of building considering local bye laws: high school building, Shopping centre, Hospital and Industrial Building in sketch book.
08
8 VI Develop perspective view of single room residential building with verandah & steps by any methods.
04
9 VI Visit a residential building and observe the existing building service and Draw line plan for above services in sketch book
04
10 VI Prepare a model of a simple building using card board 06 TOTAL 56
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: course/topic based seminars, internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based mini-projects etc. These could be individual or group-based.
S. No. Unit No.
Student Activities
1 III Visit a construction site and collect drawings for the project. 2 II Visit a urban development authority office and purchase a
Development control regulations (by-laws) of local Body. 3 III Visit a public building like school, hospital, shopping centre.
Building Drawing Course Code: 3320601
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
S.No. Author Title of Books Publication
1 V. B. Sikka Civil engineering drawing
B. D. Kataria Sons , Ludhiana
2 Gurcharan singh, Subash chander
Civil Engineering Drawing
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi
3 R. S. Malek G. S. Meo
Civil Engineering Drawing
New Asian Delhi
4 B. H. Shukla Civil Engineering Drawing
Atul Prakashan Ahmedabad
5 Urban Development Authority
Building Bye laws Local Authority like AUDA
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument:
Drawing board, mini drafter, other manual drawing instruments
C. List of Software/Learning Websites:
Auto CAD, Zwcad, civil Architect, draw plus X5
www.Autodesk.com,
www.drawingnow.com
www.learn-to–draw.com
9. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members From Polytechnics
1. Prof. Bhavesh Modi Principal B V P I T (DS) Umrakh Ta. Bardoli
2. Mrs. A N Pamnani L C E B B I T V V Nagar
3. Mrs. Rina Chokshi L C E P I E T (DS) Limda Vadodara
Co-ordinator and Faculty Member from NITTTR Bhopal
1. Dr. J.P.Tegar, Professor Dept of Civil and Environmental Engg.
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Basic Mechanical Engineering. (Code: 3320602)
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering,Environment Engineering Second Semester
1. RATIONALE:
In the era of technology integration, it has become essential to possess the basic
knowledge of various engineering disciplines. This course mainly encompasses the
major areas of mechanical engineering which are being used by civil engineering
diploma students and are required to perform tasks such as selection of hand tools,
diesel generator sets, pumps, welding, cutting and material handling equipments
used for various purposes. Such skills can be developed through the basic
mechanical engineering. This course is designed in such a way that practical
performed in this course will develop these basic skills to perform well in industry
as well as in field work.
2. COMPETENCIES:
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the following competencies Selection of tools and equipment as per task requirement Apply the knowledge of mechanical engineering in integrated tasks of civil
engineering.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME:
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
50
0 1 2 3 0 0 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment. Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU.
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS:
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I Introduction
1a. Identify mechanical related basic components and their uses.
1.1 Introduction of mechanical engineering. 1.2 Use of mechanical engineering :
i: In day to day life. ii: Interdisciplinary use.
1.3 Items in general use- identification criteria, major types, specifications and uses : such as bolts, nuts, washers, bearings, bushes, belts, springs, levers, couplings, brakes, screws, rivets, keys, o’ rings, oil seals, gears, pulleys, shafts, axles, etc.
1.4 Pipes and pipe fittings- Types, specifications and uses of pipes and pipe fittings.
1.5 Hand and power tools: i: Types, specifications and uses of spanners (such
as fix, ring, box, pipe, allen, adjustable, etc.). ii: Types, specifications and uses of hand tools
(such as pliers, screw drivers, saws, hammers, chisels, cutters, planes, etc.).
Types, specifications and uses of power tools(drill, chipper, etc.)
Unit– II Power Transmission & Safety
2a. Describe the type of power transmission being used in electrical engineering
2.1 Power transmission: i. Importance.
ii. Modes (belt drives, rope drives, chain drives and gear trains).
iii. Types of belts. iv. Gear train-concept, transmission ratio. v. Applications.
2b.Describe the different types of couplings used in electrical equipment
2.2 Types and applications of couplings in power transmission.
2c. Follow general safety norms applicable to
mechanical engineering equipment
2.3 Causes and remedies of general accidents in power transmission.
2.4 Safety norms to be followed for preventing accidents and damage in power transmission.
2.5 Safety norms to be followed in mechanical based industries / shop floors.
Unit– III Welding and Gas Cutting
3a. Explain different welding and gas cutting operations.
3.1 Welding and Gas Cutting i. Types of welding
ii. Arc and gas welding equipment, accessories and consumables.
iii. Types of work carried out by welding and gas cutting.
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
3b. Make simple jobs by using arc and gas welding.
3.2 Welding and Gas Cutting Process i. Working setup of arc and gas welding.
ii. Precautions and safety during arc and gas welding
Unit– IV Internal Combustion Engines (I.C.Engines)
4a. Explain working of internal combustion engines.
4.1 Internal combustion engines. i: Meaning. ii: Classification.
4.2 Working of petrol engine, diesel engine and gas engine.
4.3 Performance parameters. 4b. Identify faults in a given IC engine and suggest remedies by using trouble- shooting charts
4.4 4.5 Main parts and functions. 4.6 Applications. Common troubles and remedies.
Unit– V Hydraulic and Pneumatic devices
5a. Explain different fluid properties
5.1 Concept of theory of fluid flow. 5.2 General properties of fluids.
5b. Describe construction, working and applications of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps
5.3 Pump. i. Working principle.
ii. Types. iii. Working of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps. iv. Performance parameters. v. Main parts of pumps and their functions.
vi. Common troubles and remedies.
5c. Explain working and applications of water turbines and air compressor
5.4 Water turbines-working principle, types and applications.
5.5 Common troubles and remedies of water turbine. 5.6 Air compressor. i. Working principle.
ii. Types. iii. Performance parameters. iv. Applications.
5d. Describe working and applications of other pneumatic/ hydro-pneumatic equipment
5.7 Other hydraulic/pneumatic/ hydro-pneumatic equipments.
i. Principle of working-hydraulic lift, hydraulic pump, hydraulic power pack, hydraulic jack.
ii. Applications of above equipments.
Unit – VI Material Handling
6a. Select proper material handling equipment for a given situation
6.1 Need of material handling. 6.2 Types, principle of working and applications of
material handling equipments. i. Hoisting equipments.
ii. Conveying equipments. iii. Surface & overhead equipments. iv. Earth moving machineries. v. Construction machineries.
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
6.3 Criteria for selection of material handling equipments.
6.4 Factors affecting selection of material handling equipments.
6.5 Selection of suitable material handling equipment for the given situation.
6b. Identify common
troubles/problems in material handling equipments and list possible remedial measures.
6.6 Common troubles and remedies.
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS
(THEORY):
Unit No.
Unit Title
TUTORIAL
HOURS
Distribution of Theory Marks
R Level
U Level
A Level Total
I. Introduction 2
NOT APPLICABLE
II. Power Transmission & Safety 3 III. Welding and gas cutting 3 IV. I.C. Engines 2 V. Hydraulic and pneumatic devices 3 VI. Material handling 1
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as only general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary from above table.
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES / PRACTICALS
The exercises /practical/experiments should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills leading to the achievement of the competencies. Following is the list of exercises/practical/experiments for guidance.
S. No.
Unit No. Practical Exercise
Tutorial Hours
Approx Hours Reqrd
1 I
a: Study various mechanical items, hand tools and power tools listed in Unit 1. Note their specifications/ designations (as per BIS) and uses.
b: Identify use of each item demonstrated and will prepare the report with sketch of each item along with specifications/ designations (as per BIS) and uses.
02 04
2 II
a: Study various power transmission methods including points stated in Unit 2. Explain concept and calculation of velocity/ transmission ratio for belt drives and gear trains.
b: Prepare the report including sketches of power transmission systems studies with labeling of each part, their specifications and functions.
c: Calculate the velocity ratio, diameters/number of tooth based on data given. This has to be included in report also.
03 06
3 III
a: Study arc and gas welding including points stated at unit number 3.
b: Explain welding transformer settings for welding. c: Explain pressure settings for gas cuttings. d: Study use of welding and gas cutting consumables,
accessories and safety items. e: Observe safety norms to be followed for welding and gas
cutting. f: Prepare the report including :
i. Sketches for welding and gas cutting setups. ii. Specifications, uses and sketches for welding
accessories, consumables and safety items. g: Prepare one job using welding and one job using gas
cutting.
03 06
4 IV
a: Identify parts and demonstrate strokes of petrol, diesel and gas engines.
b: Explain classification of IC engine on models. c: Determine the effect of variation of load on fuel-
consumption of an I.C. engine. Also locate the faults in a given I.C.engine and suggest remedial measures.
02 04
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
d: Prepare the report including : a. Sketches for various parts of petrol, diesel and gas
engines and will explain the functions of each. b. Explanation of working of petrol, diesel and gas
engines. c. Workout various parameters like break power,
indicated power, fuel consumption, etc..
5 V
a: Explain concept of theory of fluid flow. b: Study properties of fluids. c: Classify, show various parts and explain their functions,
also demonstrate working of: a. Various pumps. b. Various turbines. c. Various air compressors. d. Other hydraulic/pneumatic/ hydro-pneumatic
equipments. d: Perform test on centrifugal pump. Also find fault and
remedies for centrifugal pump. Work out important performance parameters.
e: Study working of Air compressor. f: Prepare the report including :
a. Sketches for various parts of pumps, turbines, air compressors and other hydraulic/pneumatic devices and will explain the functions of each.
b. Explain working of various pumps, turbines, air compressors and other hydraulic and pneumatic devices.
c. Workouts
03 06
6 VI
a: Explain concept / demonstrate working of various material handling equipments / devices listed in Unit number 6. Also explain / demonstrate working of main parts of each equipment / device.
b: Prepare the report including : a. Sketches for various parts of various material
handling equipments / devices . b. Explain working of various material handling
equipments / devices.
01 02
Total 14 28
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
NOTES:
1. It is compulsory to prepare log book of exercises. It is also required to get each exercise recorded in logbook, checked and duly dated signed by laboratory assistant/instructor and teacher.
2. Student activities are compulsory and are also required to be performed and noted in logbook.
3. Term work report includes log book and term work reports. Term work report must not include any photocopy/ies, printed manual/pages, lithos, etc. It must be hand written / hand drawn by student only.
4. For 20 marks practical ESE, students are to be assessed for competencies achieved. Students may be asked to: i. Presentation on given topic.
ii. Identify and specify given items. iii. Answer short questions which are leading to test competencies developed. iv. Explain working with neat sketch and state applications of various
equipments/devices/instruments/etc. from the syllabus. v. Start and operate given equipments/devices/instruments/etc. from the
syllabus.
7. STUDENT ACTIVITIES:
S. No. Details of activity.
1
Student will visit the civil site and carryout the following- a) Prepare the list of mechanical engineering related equipments/machineries used at that
site. b) Observe and study concrete mixing process.
2 Student will observe the working of crane and will prepare the specifications of it. 3 Prepare the list of mechanical items surrounding to you.
4 Collect catalogue of various pumps and compare them. Also find suitable pump for specified head.
5 Collect catalogue of earth moving equipments and study their working.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES:
A. List of Books.
S.No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Theory of Machines R.S.Khurmi and J.K.Gupta S.Chand
2 Hydraulic machines Jagdish lal Metropolitan Book Company
3 Elements of Workshop Technology ( Vol. 1,2)
Hazara chaudhary
Asia Publishing House
4 Hydraulics R.C.Patel Acharya Book Depot
5 Pumps operation and maintenance
Tyler and Hicks Tata McGraw-Hill
6 Material Handling equipments M.Rundenko Mir Publishers
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument.
- Various mechanical items, spanners, hand tools and power tools. - Various power transmission devices. - Welding transformers, welding accessories and consumables. - Gas welding set up with all accessories and consumables. - Gas cutting process set up with all accessories and consumables. - Petrol engine test rig. - Diesel engine test rig. - Air compressor test rig. - Water turbine / working model of water turbines. - Centrifugal pump test rig. - Models / working models of various material handling devices.
C. List of Software/Learning Websites: ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1cFu2bkZ7Vw&feature=related (ic engine)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pCg1Ih_oVSA (pump) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V3aPHmZ97yM&feature=related
(pump) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FENCiA-EfaA&feature=related
(impeller) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TBdUcGYo7XA (gas turbine) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HzQPNpP55xQ (turbines) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A3ormYVZMXE (hy.lift) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FP05rYRI9JU&feature=related
(hy.pump) http://homepages.cae.wisc.edu http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E6_jw841vKE&feature=related (air
compressor) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=twM-GLUYQ-o&feature=related
(belt drive) http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=endscreen&v=gjUwJ1CJVq4&
NR=1 (belt drive) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XunM7yUC06M&feature=related
(gear drive) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ftdgB93QOD8&feature=related (gear
box)
Basic Mechanical Engineering Course Code: 3320602
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. M.K.Shukla, Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering, Sir Bhavsinhji Polytechnic Institute, Bhavnagar.
Co-ordinator and Faculty Member from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. K.K.Jain, Professor and Head; Dept. of Mechanical Engg,
Dr. A.K.Sarathe, Associate Professor; Dept. of Mechanical Engg,
Civil Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Civil Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320603
Diploma Programmes in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering, Environment Engineering, Transportation Engineering
Second Semester
1. RATIONALE
Civil diploma technician is expected to have basic skills in, Carpentry, Masonry, Welding, Fitting, Drilling, Tapping, plumbing works etc. Therefore, students should be given basic practices of these skills with the safety aspects required for the same. The course of Civil Engineering Workshop Practices would facilitate the development of basic skills a Diploma holder is expected to posses. He/she should be able to supervise construction activities like brick masonry, woodwork, concerting, welding, finishing etc. including quality control and maintenances of safety to self, coworkers and the constructed components of the building. The students are advised to practice each of the experiences with an understanding of necessary technical aspects and safety precautions needed to be observed.
2. COMPETENCIES
The content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies i. Perform basic tasks in Masonry, Concreting, Carpentry, Welding, Fitting,
Drilling, Tapping, Plumbing and False Ceiling Works etc
ii. Follow safety norms for handling materials, tools and equipments required for each construction activity
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA 100
0 0 4 4 0 0 40 60 Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C – Credit;; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment. Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory & ESE and PA of practical for each student are entered online into the GTU Portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by GTU.
Civil Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4. DETAILED COURSE CONTENTS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I Civil Engineering Activities At Construction Site
1a.Develop basic technical know-how of construction activities
1b. Inspect Construction Site
Construction activities such as excavation, brick masonry, concreting,
carpentry, welding, plumbing, etc. Importance and Interdependency of various
activities Technical aspects involved in workmanship
and Safety precautions
Unit– II Masonry and Concreting
2a. Apply basic
techniques for masonry and concreting works
2b. Use quality control measures
Brick and stone Masonry work, Different type
of joints/bonds, Concept of line, plumb, right angle and water level.
Plastering, Pointing, Flooring, Skirting and Dado Concrete Laying: Proper Mixing of concrete,
Use of tools like concrete mixtures and vibrators, different types of vibrators.
-Formwork -Scaffolding -Centering/ Shuttering
Unit– III Carpentry, Welding and Drilling work
3a. Identify appropriate materials required for each activity 3b. Select appropriate tools and equipments involved in various activities for specific
uses
Types of woods/timber, different types of tools,
machines and accessories for wood works Types of welding, ARC welding, Gas welding,
Gas Cutting, welding of dissimilar materials, Selection of welding rod material, welding processes.
Fitting operation like chipping, filing, right angle, marking, drilling, tapping etc.
Drilling machine. Safety precautions in carpentry, welding,
fittings safety equipments and its use in
Unit– IV Plumbing
4a. Install the plumbing and fixtures in buildings
4b. Observe the technical aspects involved in workmanship of
various plumbing tasks
4c. Observe the safety precautions
Different types of pipes, joints, taps, fixtures and accessories used in plumbing.
Components (pipes, bends, chambers etc.) used in sanitary/sewerage lines
Scheme/plan for water supply and sanitary
system for a simple residential building.
Unit– V Finishing Works
5a. Provide and fix the false ceiling , aluminum –glass works
5b. Carry out whitewashing and painting
False ceiling, POP work, aluminum –glass works
Whitewashing and painting: brush, roller and spray painting, types of finishing, preparation of surface, need of primer for timber, steel and plastered surface.
Civil Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
NOTE: There is no provision for lecture classes for above theoretical inputs. These theoretical inputs have to be given before practical in the workshop or sites where material/tools/equipments are available and being used. The focus of these theoretical inputs should be how to use these equipment/tools, sequence of steps for different tasks and how to perform them with safety and quality.
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY) Not Applicable
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire above mentioned competencies. Following is the list of practical/exercises for guidance.
S. No. Unit No.
Practical Exercises Approx. Hours
Required 1. I, II and
IV Visit a nearby site where construction is at initial stage and observe for following (if necessary visit two/three times with a gap of a week). If drawings are available relate/match activities with the drawings. (a) Digging and filling (b) Foundation preparations (c) Brick/stone masonry (d) Concrete laying and Curing (e) Laying of sewerage/sanitary lines (f) Bar bending and bar laying for columns, beams and
ceiling. (g) Onsite testing for quality (h) Onsite preparation for construction work (i) Erection and removal of form work, scaffolding,
centering/shuttering Prepare a brief report on construction activities observed and methods, tools, equipment and materials being used.
08
2. All Visit a nearby site where construction is at advance stage and observe for following ( if necessary visit two/three times with a gap of a week) :
(a) Plumbing (b) Welding , fittings, (c) Plastering (d) Flooring (e) POP work
Prepare a brief report on construction activities observed and material, tools, equipment and methods being used.
08
3. I, III and V
Visit a nearby site where construction work is at finishing stage and observe for following (if necessary visit two/three times with a gap of a week):
(a) Carpentry work (b) False ceiling and aluminum –glass works (c) White washing/painting work (surface preparation
being carried out for timber/steel/plastered surface.) Prepare a brief report on construction activities observed and material, tools, equipment and methods being used.
08
Civil Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4. II Assemble a brick wall of 120 cm length and 20 cm thickness and 60 cm height by arranging bricks in different bonds (using only wet mud as mortar). Ensure that wall is in line, plumb and at right angle to a given structure. (Group of 10 students)
04
5 II Mark level of given height from ground level at different locations in the workshop using water pipe technique. (Group of 10 students)
02
6 III Prepare a plain smooth block (cuboid) of timber of given dimension using sawing and planning operations. (Individual)
08
7 III Join two wooden blocks with the help of dovetail joint. (Using sawing and chiseling operations) (Individual)
06
8 III Drill the hole of given dimension at given location on a metal/wood piece. (Individual)
02
9 III Observe demonstration of Arc welding and Gas Cutting of metal plates. (Group of 20 Students)
02
10 IV Assemble a pipe line as per given drawing using pipes of one inch diameter, pipes of half inch diameter, nipple, reducer, union, T, elbow, tap etc. (This may involve basic tasks such as marking, cutting, threading, etc and use of appropriate techniques so that water leakage does not occur) and then dissemble this pipe line. (Group of 10 students)
08
Total 56 Note: The teacher will have to facilitate, check and assess the progress of the student in above
activities; and collect the progress book at the end of the semester. The students are required to
Write and maintain a progress work book. Write Technical Aspects and Safety Precautions involved in the job Study and Make drawing of the job to be practiced Write a report/ Make a model / Prepare a Demonstration of the given job for practice
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Visit Construction site of different types such as simple residential buildings,
malls, multistory buildings etc. and observe the course/topic based practices on the field
Teacher guided self-learning activities Course/ library /internet based mini-projects etc.
These could be individual or group-based.
Civil Engineering Workshop Practice Course Code: 3320603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books
Sr. No.
Author Title of Books Publication
1 Bull, J.W. The Practical design of Structural Elements in Timber
Gower Press, 1989
2 Howard C. Massey
Basic Plumbing With Illustrations Revised Edition
Craftsman Book Co;
3 E.Keith Blan KenBanker
Modern Plumbing
4 B.S. Raghuwanshi
Workshop Technology- Dhanpat Rai and sons, New Delhi
5 PWD PWD- Standard Data Book for Building Work
6 CPWD CPWD work manual CPWD, new Delhi
B. List of Major Equipment/ Instrument
Workbench, Vice, Saw, Plane, Chisel, Level, Tri-square with spirit level String, Level / Water tube, Plumb bob, Right Angle Welding machine Plumbing materials such as pipes and accessories Formwork and centering Raw material such as bricks, cement, sand, metal, timber, mild steel pieces,
electrodes, etc.
C. Civil engineering related websites and software
9. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. K Venkateshwarulu , HAMD, Tolani Polytechnic, Adipur,
Prof. Vikram M. Patel, I/C HC, R. C. Technical Institute, Ahmedabad
Prof. Arti Pamnani. Lecturer, BBIT, Vallabh Vidhyanagar.
Prof. Bhavesh Modi, Principal, BVPIT (DS), Umrakh.
Prof.(Mrs.) Rina Chokshi, Lecturer, PIET (DS), Limda, Vadodara
Co-ordinator and Faculty Member from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. J.P.Tegar, Professor Dept of Civil and Environmental Engg,
BRANCH CODE:06 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - III
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
THEORY
MARKS
PRACTICAL
MARKS GRAND TOTAL
ESE PA ESE PA
3330601 BUILDING MATERIALS 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3330602 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3330603 HYDRAULICS 3 1 2 6 70 30 20 30 150
3330604 STRUCTURAL MECHANICS 4 1 2 7 70 30 20 30 150
3330605 SURVEYING 3 0 6 9 70 30 60 90 250
TOTAL 16 2 14 32 350 150 140 210 850
ESE : END SEMESTER EXAM
PA: PROGRESSIVE ASSESSMENT
L: LECTURE
P: PRACTICAL
T: TUTORIAL
ESE for Practical includes Viva/Practical exam/Performance etc.
PA for Practicals includes TW/Report writing/Mini Project/Seminar etc. related to practicals
PA for Theory includes Written Exam /Assignment/Tutorial Work/Mini Project/Quiz/Presentation or
Combination of all with prior intimation to the students at beginning of term
Building Materials Course code: 3330601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: BUILDING MATERIALS
(Code: 3330601)
Diploma Programme in which this course is
offered
Semester in which offered
Civil / Environment Engineering THIRD
1. RATIONALE :
The selection of materials for engineering purpose is very much crucial activity. In civil
engineering any material of construction, the first and for most necessisity is to know its
properties, suitability, strength and durability. Based on this, one can suggest the most
suitable material which may fit the exact requirement of the construction items. In this
course, the technology related to some of the important and widely used construction
materials has been dealt with. This course will enrich civil engineering technicians in
performing their jobs with ease and confidence and will be able to select appropriate
material for the given item of work on site.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop with
different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies
1. To develop the conceptual knowledge in building material.
2. To select appropriate material in given field situation.
3. To develop awareness about latest building materials.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 03 00 02 05 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
Building Materials Course code: 3330601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
INTRODUCTION
1. Describe important
properties of building
materials used in civil
engineering construction
1.1 Physical , chemical and engineering
properties of building materials.
1.2 Application of building materials
1.3 Alternative materials for the given items in
building construction.
Unit – II
CLAY
PRODUCTS
2 Identify clay based products
for use in building
constructions based on its
properties.
2.1 Classification of clay products
2.2 Types of bricks
2.3 Manufacturing process of bricks
2.4 Test on bricks
2.5 Standard requirements and grades of bricks
as per BIS
2.6 Types of clay tiles and its uses
Unit – III
ROCKS AND
STONES
3. Select appropriate rock /
stone products for
different uses in building
construction
3.1 Classification of rocks
3.2 Rock products
3.3 Characteristics of stones
- Structure , texture , strength , gravity ,
porosity , absorption , hardness ,
durability, weight.. etc.
3.4 Standard requirement of building stone
3.5 Important stones used in construction with
its suitability.
Unit – IV
LIME AND
POZZOLANA
4.Appreciate the uses of lime
and Pozzolana products in
building construction
4.1 Sources and classification of Lime
4.2 Uses of lime with specific field situation
4.3 Types of poozzolanic materials
4.4 Advantages of addition of pozzolonic
material
Unit – V
CEMENT
CONCRETE
5 Select appropriate
ingredients of proper
quality for cement
concrete as per required
BIS codes
5.1 Types of cement with their specific use
5.2 Grade of cement as per BIS
5.3 Engineering properties of cement
5.4 Field and laboratory test of cement as per
BIS
5.5 Methods of storing the cement
5.5 Types of aggregate as per BIS
5.6 Requirements of aggregate as per BIS
5.7 Engineering properties of aggregate
5.8 Test on aggregate
Unit – VI
TIMBER
6. Describe timber and wood
products and its uses in
building construction
6.1 Types of timber
6.2 Uses and application of timber
6.3 Defects in timber and wood
6.4 Seasoning,
6.5 Wood products with specific uses
Unit – VII
MISCELLANEO
US
CONSTRUCTIO
N MATERIALS
7. Explain different types of
advanced building
materials and their uses in
construction.
7.1 Plastics and PVC
7.2 Ceramic products
7.3 Paints and Varnish
7.4 Materials for damp proofing , water
proofing
7.5 Materials for anti termite treatment
7.5 Glass and fiber
7.6 Steel and iron materials
7.7 Materials used for false ceiling
7.8 Asbestose
7.9 Concrete blocks
Building Materials Course code: 3330601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks I INTRODUCTION 04 03 04 00 07
II CLAY PRODUCTS 10 03 04 07 14
III ROCKS AND STONES 04 03 04 00 07
IV LIME AND POZZOLANAS 04 03 04 00 07
V MATERIALS FOR
CEMENT CONCRETE
10 03 04 10 17
VI TIMBER 04 00 03 04 07
VII MISCELLANEOUS
MATERIALS
06 00 03 08 11
Total 42 15 26 29 70
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire the competency.
Following is the list of experiments for guidance.
S. No. Unit No. Practical/Exercise Apprx.
Hrs.
Required
1 I Conduct local market survey for different civil engineering
materials with respect to applications cost , and. quality
Home
assignment
2 II Perform tests on given sample of brick such as
Soundness
Water absorption
Compressive strength
06
3 III / IV Idenfication of different types of stones and lime 02
4 II / V Conduct field test on given sample of brick and cement 04
5 V Perform lab tests on given sample of cement
Initial and final setting time
Compressive strength
04
6 V Conduct field test on given sample of fine and coarse
aggregate
02
7 IV Perform test on given sample of fine aggregate
Sieve analysis
Silt and clay content
04
8 VI Assess the quality of different types of timber and timber
products ( please arrange to visit nearby saw mill or timber
mart )
02
9 VII Prepare a report regarding collected miscellaneous civil
engineering materials with respect to cost , quality and
applications..
04
Total 28
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Building Materials Course code: 3330601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
Prepare a list of construction materials adopted in your residence.
Observe AND WRITE A REPORT OF SELECTION AND USE OF APPROPRIATE BUILDING MATERIAL AT GIVEN CONSTRUCTION SITE
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
(A) List of Books:
SR.
No.
Title of Books Author Publications
01 Engineering Materials Dr. Janardan Jha Khanna
02 Materials of Construction A K Roy Chaudhary
03 Building materials S. K. Duggal New Age International 04 Engineering Materials Vazirani and Chandola
05 Engineering Materials S C Rangwala Charotar
06 Construction Materials D.N. Ghose TATA Mc Graw Hill 07 Civil Engineering materials TTTI ,Chandigarh TTTI
Handbooks
SR.
No.
Title Author
01 PWD Handbooks for -Materials - Masonry -Building -Plastering and Pointing - Foundation
All India Council for Technical Education
02 Practical Civil Engineering Handbook
Khanna
BIS/ International Codes of Practice:
SR.
No.
Title
01 National Building Code
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
1. UTI/ Compression testing machine capacity – 40 tonne
2. Vicat apparatus for cement testing
3. Sets of sieve and sieve shaker
4. Abrasion testing machine with balls
5. Impact machine
6. Weighing machine of required capacity.
C List of Software/Learning Websites
Building Materials Course code: 3330601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
01 Khan academy 02 Civilengineering.org
9. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES
Lecture ,Charts, PPt, Assignments, Demonstration, Field Visits.
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
1. Mr. Bhavesh V, Modi (Principal ) BVPIT(DS) Umrakh
2. Mr. V.K.Shah (Head) Dr.S&S.Gandhi College, Surat
3. Mr. A.K.Popat (Sr.Lect) Government Polytechnic, Dahod
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
1. Dr.V.H.Radhakrishnan PROFESSOR , DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL &
ENVIORNMENT ENGINEERING
2. Dr. A K JAIN , PROFESSOR , DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL & ENVIORNMENT
ENGINEERING
3. Prof J.P.Tegar, PROFESSOR AND HEAD , DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL &
ENVIORNMENT ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Course code: 3330602
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
(Code: 3330602)
Diploma Programme in which this course is
offered
Semester in which offered
Civil/Transportation Engineering THIRD
1. RATIONALE
Construction technology is a core subject in civil engineering. This subject is intended
for gaining useful knowledge with respect to facts. Concepts, principles and
procedures related to building construction system so that student can effectively able
to execute building construction work and carry out repairs and maintenance of
existing building with safety and quality in construction.
2. COMPETENCY :
The course content should be taught and with the aim to develop different types of
skills so that are able to acquire following competencies:
(i) Understand different types of technology used in construction works.
(ii) Students are able to appreciate various types of construction machineries,
formworks and safety measures involved in construction works.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C -
Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Course code: 3330602
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
INTRODUCTI
ON
1a. Appreciate various
types of civil
engineering structures. 1b. Develop concept of
various types of
components of
building.
1.1 Introduction of various Civil Engineering
structures
1.2 Functions of various components of
building and other structures
Unit – II
FOUNDATION
S
2a. Know type of foundation and its
suitability to different
type of soil.
2b. Explain the failure of
foundation and
remedial measures
2.1Classification and types of foundations
2.2 Selection of the suitable type of foundation
for required structure and as per situation 2. 3Foundations in black cotton soil, loose soils
etc.
2.4Timbering in trenches 2.5Failures in foundation Precautions &
remedial measures
Unit – III
BUILDING
CONSTRUCTI
ON
3a. Develop concept of
different types of
brick and stone
masonry.
3b. Explain construction
procedure.
3c. Explain different types
of concrete and its
type.
3d..Develop concept
about various type of
form work.
3.1 Brick and stone masonry 3.2 Selection of suitable type of masonry
3.3 Construction procedures. 3.4 Ingredients of concrete.
3.5 Production of concrete, transportation,
placing, compaction, curing
3.6 Concrete in different situations viz. hot
weather, cold weather, under water etc.
3.7 Purpose & types of scaffolding and
centering
3.8 Suitability of scaffolding as per situations
and type of structures.
3.9 Erection of centering for different
component
Unit – IV
BUILDING
ITEMS
4a. Appreciate the
different types of
building items.
4b. Explain various
construction activity
like damp proof
course ( D.P.C) and anti termite treatment.
4c. Able to know the different types of
plumbing and electric
fittings and laying
procedure.
4.1 Plastering & pointing- its purpose,
various types, construction procedures,
advantages and disadvantages, suitability
of
each. 4.2 Damp proof course (DPC)
4.3 Anti-termite measures and treatments
4.4 Construction joints-need and materials
used.
4.5 Plumbing and electrification- various types of fittings and laying procedure.
Unit – V
CONSTRUCTI
ON
MACHINARY
5a. Able to introduce
different types of
construction
machinery, its features
and
Working.
5.1Purpose, advantages and disadvantages.
5.2 Machineries used for earthwork and
for other construction works. Mortar –
Types & specific uses
5.2.1Their details, special features,
suitable uses, specifications.
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Course code: 3330602
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – VI
BUILDING
MAINTENAN
CE AND
SAFETY
MEASURES
6a. Describe concept about the maintenance
work , know causes,
types and its remedial
measures
6b. Understand about the
important laws/norms
and act of safety.
6c. Explain precautions
and precautionary
measures of safety.
6.1 Purpose, need, importance, methods. 6.2 Causes and types of defects in buildings.
6.3 Preparation of report on maintenance
work.
6.4 Remedial measures and execution
procedure of any one type of building
maintenance work.
6.5 Importance of various Laws / Norms / Regulations / Acts for safety.
6.6 Precautions and precautionary
Measures. 6.7 Post-accident procedures. Give
Examples.
5 SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS
(THEORY)
Un
it
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I INTRODUCTION 4 04 02 00 06
II FOUNDATIONS 6 04 02 04 10
III BUILDING
CONSTRUCTION
10 02 08 08 18
IV BUILDING ITEMS 8 02 06 06 14
V CONSTRUCTION
MACHINARY
6 00 06 04 10
VI BUILDING
MAINTENANCE
AND SAFETY
MEASURES
8 02 04 06 12
Total 42 14 28 28 70
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Course code: 3330602
6 SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire the competency.
Following is the list of experiments for guidance.
S. No. Unit No. Practical/Exercise Apprx. Hrs.
Required
1 Sketches for 10
II Foundations – various types, Layout plan, timbering in trenches
III Brick and stone masonry work III Scaffolding works and cantering
IV Different types of Damp Proof Course 2 Field work
II Exercise for layout using foundation plan of a given
building on site 8
III Exercise for carrying out different types of masonry
3 Field Visit 10
Arrange field visit at construction site where the following
works are in progress
II (a) Excavation for foundation
Describe machinery involved
Describe types of structure
Precautions and safety measures
III (b) Concreting
Grade of concrete
Admixtures and its effects
Batching of concreting
Transporting, placing and curing of concrete
III (c) Masonary
Types of masonary
Types of mortar and ratio
Types of bond and construction procedure
Methods involved in quality control of
masonary work
IV (d) Flooring
Types of flooring
Proportion and procedure of flooring
Anti termite treatment
IV (e) Plastering & Pointing
Types of mortar and ratio
Types of plastering work and its suitability
Types of pointing work and its suitability
Quality check for plastering and pointing work
Total 28
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Course code: 3330602
7 SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Course/topic based seminars,
internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities,
course/library/internet/lab based mini-projects etc. These could be individual or group-
based.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Building Construction B.C. Punmia 2 Building Construction Shushil Kumar 3 Building Construction S. C. Rangwala 4 Building Construction Sharma And Kaul 5 Construction Planning,
Equipments and methods R. L. Perurifoy
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
C List of Software/Learning Websites
9. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
1. Mrs.Vandana P. Pandya, Head, Civil Deptt., Parul Polytechnic Institute , Limda, Vadodara
2. Mr. Chintan D. Bhatt, Lecturer, Civil Deptt., Tolani F.G.Polytechnic, Adipur
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
Hydraulics Course code: 3330603
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
HYDRAULICS
(Code: 3330603)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering, Environmental Engineering, Transportation Engineering
3rd
semester
1. RATIONALE
It is necessary for civil, environmental and transportation engineers to understand the behavior of fluid
flow in different conditions in pipes, channels, canals, notches, weirs etc. In the field these conditions
are very common and diploma passouts has to solve problems related to water seepage and discharge.
The basic knowledge about hydraulics and fluid mechanics will be useful in subjects like Irrigation,
Water Resources Management and Public Health Engineering. In this course, basics of hydraulics and
its application oriented content has been kept with a focus that students should be able to solve
practical problems. Competencies developed by this course would therefore be useful for students
while performing his/her job in the field of Water resources / Irrigation/PHE and Environment
Engineering.
2. COMPETENCIES (Programme Outcomes as per NBA Terminology)
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
i Measure the pressure and flow of water in different conditions using various
measuring devices
ii Compute discharge and loss of head through pipes, open channels, notches and
other hydraulic structures.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 1 2 6 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
Hydraulics Course code: 3330603
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning
Outcomes (Course
Outcomes in Cognitive
Domain according to
NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Introduction,
Pressure and
pressure
measurement
1a.Explain the terms associated with
Hydraulics
1b.Clarify different
properties of liquid
1c. Describe different
types of pressure and
methods of measurement
1.1 Technical terms used in Hydraulics – Fluid
Mechanics, Hydrostatics, Hydro-kinematics,
Hydro-Dynamics-Ideal and Real Fluid.
1.2 Properties of liquid – Viscosity-Density-Specific
Gravity-Surface Tension-Capillarity Vapour Pressure-Elasticity.
1.3 Various types of pressure – Atmospheric Pressure-
Gauge Pressure-Absolute Pressure Vacuum
Pressure-Separation Pressure/s
1.4 Measurement of pressure/s by different methods
1.5 Measurement of difference of pressure using “U”
tube Manometer and inverted “U” tube
Manometer Unit – II
Hydrostatics 2a Explain the
Relationship between
pressure and depth of
liquid 2b.Compute total
Pressure and Centre of
pressure
2.1 Relationship between pressure and depth of liquid
2.1.1 Pressure diagram for different conditions 2.2 Total pressure and center of pressure
2.2.1 Computation of Total Pressure
and depth of centre of pressure
Unit – III
Hydro
kinematics &
Hydrodynam
ics
3a. Explain different
types of flow 3b. Derive Continuity
Equation
3c. Explain different
kinds of energy
3d Apply Bernoulli’s
theorem to measure
the pressure and
Discharge.
3.1 Types of flow - Laminar --Turbulent --Uniform --
Non-uniform –Steady--Un-steady –Rotational and
irrotational --One, Two and Three Dimensional flow
3.2 Reynold’s number 3.3 Continuity Equation
3.4 Types of Energy – Potential, Pressure and
kinematics
3.5 Bernoulli’s Equation and its applications. 3.6 Momentum Equation
Unit – IV
Hydraulic
icient,
notches and
weirs
4a. Compute different Hydraulic Coefficient
for different types of
orifice
4b. Identify types of
Notches and weirs. 4c. Calculate discharge
through notches and
weirs.
4.1 Definition and types of orifice
4.2 Various Hydraulic Coefficient and its relation -
Coefficient of Contraction, Velocity, Discharge.
4.3 Types of notches and weirs
4.4 Computation of discharge through notches
4.4.1 Rectangular Notch 4.4.2 V -Notch.
4.5 Computation of discharge through weirs 4.5.1 Discharge through narrow crested and broad
Crested weir.
4.5.2 Discharge through Cipolletti weir. Unit – V
Flow through
pipes
5a. Explain Energy (Head) losses
5b. Draw Hydraulic
Gradient Line (HGL)
and Total Energy Line
(TEL)
5c. Design Pipeline
5.1 Characteristics of flow through pipes 5.2 Major and Minor Energy (Head) losses in pipe
Flow- frictional loss, loss of head at entry , exit,
Sudden enlargement and contraction and at bend.
5.2.1 Computation of major head by Darcy Weisbach
Equation.
5.3 Hydraulic Gradient Line (HGL) and Total Energy
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
Hydraulics Course code: 3330603
Unit
Major Learning
Outcomes (Course
Outcomes in Cognitive
Domain according to
NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
network using formula
and nomogram Line (TEL)
5.4 Design of Pipeline-using formula & Nomogram
Unit – VI
Flow through
Open
Channel
6a. Analyse uniform flow 6b. Understand Specific
Energy Diagram 6c. Describe Procedure
for measuring
Velocity of flow
6d. Calculate discharge.
6.1 Characteristics of open channel flow 6.1.1 Comparison of pipe flow and channel flow.
6.1.2 Field examples of open channel 6.2 Analyse uniform flow
6.2.1 Froud’s number,
6.2.2 Hydraulic mean depth- concept & computation
6.2.3 Use of Chezy’s and Manning’s formulae.
6.2.4 Most economical sections of channel 6.2.4.1 Rectangular, Trapezoidal and circular shapes.
6.3 Specific Energy Diagram 6.4 River Gauging
6.4.1 Measurement of mean velocity using surface
float, velocity rod and current meter.
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks R
Level U
Level A
Level Total
Marks
I Introduction, Pressure and pressure measurement
7
3
4
4
11
II Hydrostatics 5 3 4 - 7 III Hydro kinematics &
Hydrodynamics
8
2
7
7
16
IV Hydraulic coefficient, notches and weirs
8
2
5
7
14
V Flow through pipes 7 3 4 4 11 VI Flow through Open
Channel
7
3
4
4
11
Total 42 16 28 26 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor and affective
domain) so that students are able to acquire the competencies (Programme Outcomes).
Following is the list of practical exercises for guidance.
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
Hydraulics Course code: 3330603
Note: Here only Course Outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should
refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire those Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes related to affective domain.
.
S. No. Unit
No. Practical/Exercise (Course Outcomes in Psychomotor
Domain according to NBA terminology) Apprx.
Hrs.
Required
1
I Measure the pressure of water in pipe using
(a) Piezometer (b) Different types of manometers
4
2
III
Determine discharge through a given venturimeter.
4
3
IV
Determine coefficient such as Cc, Cv, and Cd for different
types of orifices
4
4
IV
Compute coefficient of discharge for V notch and
Preparation of calibration graph for interpolation and
extrapolation
4
5
IV
Compute coefficient of discharge for Rectangular notch
and Preparation of calibration graph for interpolation and
extrapolation
4
6
V Determine loss of head in various diameter of pipes and effect of material of pipe on loss of head
4
7
III Demonstrate functioning of Bernoulli’s Appratus
2
8
III Demonstrate use of Reynold’s number
2
Total 28
TUTORIALS 1 I Solve numerical problems based Pressure measurement 2 2 II Solve numerical problems based on Hydrostatics 2 3 III Solve numerical problems based on Hydrodynamic and
Hydro kinematics 4
4 IV Solve numerical problems based on Hydraulic coefficient, notches and weirs
2
5 V Solve numerical problems based on Flow through pipes 2 6 VI Solve numerical problems based on Flow through Open
Channel 2
Total 14
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like:
1. Student will visit nearby Canal Structure and Submit report consisting flow data, cross
sections, hydraulic data etc. for the same.
2. Student will Survey an industry / Department for handling or using pressure
measuring devices.
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
Hydraulics Course code: 3330603
3. Student will carry out market survey for pipes of different materials.
8. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If Any)
i. Use demonstration, video/animation films field/industry visit for explaining
complex/abstract concepts of Hydraulics.
ii. This course requires lot of practice on numerical. Students may be asked to solve the
numerical during lecture periods and tutorial periods, in addition home assignments
may be given. To avoid copying by students each problem must have different
parameters for each student or at least there may be five to six sets of problems with
different values., In other words each student will get same problem but with varied
parameters. (Values of pressure, volume, flow, force, distance, speed etc may be
different for each student)
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
(A) List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and
Hydraulic machine S.Ramamrutham Dhanpat Rai
Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and
Hydraulic machine R. S. Khurmi S.Chand
2 Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and
Hydraulic machine R K Bansal S.Chand
3. 4. Fluid Mechanics A K Jain Khanna Publishers
5. Journal of experiments in Hydraulics Rao and Hasan New Height
6. Hydraulic laboratory Rao and Hasan New Height
7. Fluid Mechanics Dr.M.L.Mathur Std.Publication
8 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics S.C.Gupta Pearson Education
9. Hydraulics and Hydraulic machine Prof.V.P.Priyani Charotar Publication
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
1. Piezometer 2. U-Tube Manometer 3. Ventutrimeter 4. V-notch
5. U-notch 6. Pipes- PVC, G.I., 7. Measuring Tank 8. Stop Watch
9. Gauge 10. Mercury
Or Hydraulic Bench equipped with all above equipments
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
Hydraulics Course code: 3330603
C List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.waterbouw.tudelft.nl/
ii. www.learnrstv.com
iii. www.shiksha.com , IIT, Roorkee
iv. www.blackwellpublishing.com
v. www.hrpwa.org
vi. www.creativeworld9.com
vii. nptel.iitm.ac.in
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. P.A. Pandya, Lecturer in Civil Engg. Deptt. – Govt. Polytechnic, Himatnagar
Prof. H. R. Mehta, Lecturer in Civil Engg. Deptt. – C. U. Shah Polytechnic,
Surendranagar
Prof. Anil K. Belani, Lecturer in Civil Engg. Deptt. – Tolani F. G. Polytechnic,
Adipur
Prof. Rina K. Chokshi, Head, Civil Engg. Deptt. – Parul Institute of Engg. And Tech.
(Diploma Studies), Limda, Vadodara.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. A K JAIN , Professor , Department of Civil & Environmental Engineering
Prof J. P. Tegar, Professor and Head Department of Civil & Environmental
Engineering
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
6
Structural Mechanics Course code: 3330604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
Course Title: Structural Mechanics
(Code: 3330604)
Diploma Programme in which this course is
offered
Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering /Environment
Engineering/Transportation Engineering
THIRD SEMESTER
1. RATIONALE
The Applied Mechanics in Second Semester was taught to study the external effects
on the body due to action of force system. The behaviour of structure under different
loading conditions is needed to understand so that design can do by the engineer. In
this course, analysis of determinate structures under action of transverse loading,
along with, analysis of members under direct loading is to be studied. Analysis of
Industrial Trusses is also incorporated to give an idea of typical structure to the
students. The Structural Mechanics-I, will enable the student to analyse Steel &
Concrete Structures used in Civil Engineering construction.
2. COMPETENCY
Calculate various structural material properties under direct loading condition
Analyse Statically Determinate structures like Beam, Column & Truss.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 04 01 02 07 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
Structural Mechanics Course code: 3330604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
DIRECT
STRESS &
STRAIN
1a. Calculate Material
Properties Under
Longitudinal & Lateral
Loads
1b. Analyse Composite &
Compound Sections
1c. Compute Strain Energy
under Different Types of
Loading
1.1 Different types of Structures and Loads
1.2 Direct Stress , linear Strain , Hook’s Law
Numerical Problems on Direct Stress &
Linear Strain . Stress Strain curve of Mild
Steel . Modulus of Elasticity. Yield ,
Breaking & Ultimate Stress and factor of
Safety along with numerical problems
1.3 Lateral Strain and Poission’s ratio with
numerical problems
1.4 Basics Concepts of Shear Stress , Shear
Strain & Shear Modulus
1.5 Bulk Modulus , volumetric Strain along
with numerical Problems
1.6 Differentiate between Sudden , Gradual &
Impact Loads
Define Strain Energy , Proof Resilience
for Sudden , Gradual & Impact Load along
with numerical problems
Unit – II
MOMENT OF
INERTIA
2 Compute Moment of Inertia
of Symmetric &
asymmetric structural
sections
2.1 Moment of Inertia & its Importance
2.2 Parallel & Perpendicular Axis Theorem
2.3 Formula of Moment of Inertia of solid &
Hollow sections like Rectangle , Triangle
, Circle
2.4 Moment of Inertia about C.G for I section ,
H section , Channel Section , Angle
Section , T Section and Built up
Section having flange plates to I & H
Section and of Double Channels back to
back & toe to toe
Unit – III
S.F & B.M IN
BEAM
3 Draw Shear Force &
Bending Moment
Diagram for Statically
Determinate Beams
3.1 Statically Determinate Beam
Like Cantilever , Simply Supported &
Over Hang Beam
3.2 Shear Force and Bending Moment and its
relationship
3.3 Sagging & Hogging Bending Moment and
its importance
3.4 Point of Contra-flexure & its importance
3.5 S.F & B.M Diagram for Cantilever ,
Simply Supported & Over Hang Beam
subjected to Point Load and/ or U.D.L
Unit – IV
BENDING &
SHEAR
STRESSES IN
BEAM
4 Apply Bending Theory.
4.1 Calculate Bending
Stress
4.2 Draw stress
distribution diagram
4.1 Bending Theory Equation
Bending stress , Sectional Modulus ,
Nutral Axis
Apply Bending theory to Statically
determinate beams having rectangular or
circular section
4.2 Shear Stress equation
Shear Stress Distribution Diagram for
Structural Mechanics Course code: 3330604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Solid & Hollow Rectangular And Circular
Section
Apply shear Stress Equation & Draw Shear
Stress Distribution Diagram for I , H , T ,
Channel & Angle Section
Unit – V
ANALYSIS OF
TRUSS
5. Analyse Statically
Determinate Trusses
5.1 Perfect & Imperfect Truss
5.2 Various trusses for different spans and
application
5.3 Analysis of Triangle , Howe , North Light
& Fan trusses under Panel Point Loads
using Graphical & Method of Joint
Unit – VI
COLUMN &
STRUT
6 Calculate Load carrying
Capacity of Columns &
Struts
6.1 Column & Strut
6.2 Short & Long Column
6.3 End Condition of Column and
effective Length of Column & Modes of
Failure in column
6.4 Radius of Gyration , Slenderness
Ratio
6.5 Euler’s Crippling Load
6.6 Rankin’s load / Buckling Load
of Column
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I DIRECT STRESS &
STRAIN
10 02 02 06 10
II MOMENT OF
INERTIA
06 02 00 08 10
III S.F & B.M IN BEAM 14 04 00 16 20
IV BENDING & SHEAR
STRESSES IN BEAM
10 04 00 06 10
V ANALYSIS OF
TRUSS
10 04 02 06 12
VI COLUMN & STRUT 06 02 02 04 08
Total 56 18 06 46 70
Structural Mechanics Course code: 3330604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire the competency.
Following is the list of experiments for guidance.
S. No. Unit No. Practical/Exercise Apprx.
Hrs.
Required
1 I Conduct Tension test on a given sample of mild steel and
draw Stress Strain Curve
04
2 I Determine Young’s Modulus of wire of given material 02
3 I Calculate impact value of mild steel using IZOD impact
test apparatus
02
4 I Calculate impact value of mild steel using Charpy impact
test apparatus
02
5 I Solve at least six problems pertaining to Unit – I 02
6 II Work out Moment of Inertia of Fly Wheel 02
7 II Solve Four Problems of Moment of Inertia 02
8 IV Solve at Least Eight numerical Problems of Unit- IV 02
9 V Analyse Truss using Graphical Method ( At least THREE
Trusses ) and verify using analytical method.
06
10 VI Demonstrate End Conditions of Column using suitable
model/example
02
11 VI Solve Least Six numerical Problems pertaining Unit - VI 02
TOTAL 28
TUTORIAL
1 III Solve few problems of UNIT III and give similar exercises
at least 12 to the students to practice
08
11 V Solve PROBLEMS OF UNIT V and ask students to
practice for at least 04 problems based on Method of Joint
06
Total 14
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
1. Visit Industrial Shed and submit a brief report of Different Types of Trusses and
its Components are in use .
2. Survey the market and prepare a list of various type of Structural Steel Sections
commonly used.
8. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
(A) List of Books:
S.
No.
Title of Books Author Publication
1. Strength of Material & Mechanics
of Structures
Dr. B C Punamia
Structural Mechanics Course code: 3330604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
2. Strength of Material S
RAMAMURTHAN
3. Strength of Material Timo Shanku
4. Theory of Structures R S KHURMI
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
1. Universal Testing Machine
2. SEARL’S Apparatus to find Young’s Modulus
3. Working Model of End Conditions of Column
4. IZOD Impact Test Apparatus
5. CHARPY Test Apparatus
6. FLY WHEEL
C List of Software/Learning Websites
1. nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/.../IIT.../lecture%2023%20and%2024.htm
2. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shear_and_moment_diagram
3. www.freestudy.co.uk/mech%20prin%20h2/stress.pdf
4. www.engineerstudent.co.uk/stress_and_strain.html
5. https://www.iit.edu/arc/workshops/pdfs/Moment_Inertia.pdf
9. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGICS:
Subject Teacher may use Lecture, demonstration, video films field/industry visit
as instructional strategies.
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
1. PROF. B G RAJGOR, H.O.D, APP. MECH. , BBIT , V V NAGAR
2. PROF. K VENKATESHWARLU , H.O.D, APP. MECH. , TFG
POLYTECHNIC , ADIPUR
3. PROF. J H GABRA , I/C H.O.D , APP. MECH. , G.P , GODHARA
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
1. Dr. A K JAIN , PROFESSOR , DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL & ENVIORNMENT
ENGINEERING
2. Prof J.P.Tegar, PROFESSOR AND HEAD , DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL &
ENVIORNMENT ENGINEERING
Surveying Course code: 3330605
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
Course Curriculum
SURVEYING
(Code: 3330605)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering, Environmental Engineering, Mining Engineering, Transportation Engineering
3rd
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Before development and planning process for any civil engineering or mining project, at
first field survey of that area is carried out and various type of survey maps are prepared.
These maps and drawing are used for taking various decisions regarding the planning,
designing, estimation, execution and construction process etc.
The diploma pass outs/technicians should therefore know the various methods and
instruments required for surveying. They should also have the skill and information to
handle and operate the needed survey instruments. It is also important for them to be
well aware about the use of advance surveying instrument such as total station, GPS and
related software to enhance the knowledge and abilities required for surveying in field.
This course is therefore one of the core courses required for civil, mining, environmental
and transportation engineers. Students are advised to master the desired skills which are
expected from them for survey related works.
2. COMPETENCIES (Programme Outcomes according to NBA Terminology):
The course content should be taught and with the aim to develop different types of skills
so that students are able to acquire following competencies.
1. Carry out civil engineering survey to prepare drawings & maps
2. Interpret the drawings and maps for calculating different physical quantities
like length, area, volume, elevations etc.
3. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
250
3
0
6
9
70
30
60
90
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
1
Surveying Course code: 3330605
4. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes (Course Outcomes in
Cognitive Domain according
to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Introduction
and Scale
1.a Explain the basics of surveying.
1.b Apply various types of
scale as per needs.
1.1 Definitions 1.2 Objective and uses of surveying
1.3 Plain and Geodetic Survey
1.4 Classification of Survey
1.5 Principals of Survey
1.6 Types of Scale and selection of scale
1.7 Construction of diagonal scale
Unit – II
Chain Survey
2.a Explain procedure for linear measurements.
2.b Prepare drawing as per
recorded measurements
in the field book.
2.1 Introduction 2.2 Instruments used in chain survey
Metric Chain, Tapes, Arrow, Tapes,
Ranging rod, Offset rod, Open cross
staff, optical square
2.3 Technical terms related with chain
survey Survey Station, Base line,
Check line, Tie line, Offset, Tie station
2.4 Method of Chaining
2.5 Errors in length due to incorrect length
and related problems.
2.6 Obstacles in chaining
2.7 Ranging
-Direct Ranging & Indirect Ranging
2.8 Types of offsets
-Perpendicular & Oblique
2.9 Location Sketch of survey station and
running measurements of building.
2.10Conventional Signs
2.11Recording of measurements in a field
book
Unit – III
Compass
Survey
3.a Explain procedure for angular measurements.
3.b Record bearing
accurately
3.c Prepare drawing as per
recorded and corrected
measurements of
bearings with chain and
compass survey
3.1 Introduction - Triangulation Survey &
Traversing
3.2 Components of Prismatic Compass
3.3 Functions of different parts of
prismatic compass
3.4 Differentiate Prismatic and Surveyor
compass
3.5 Method to use Prismatic Compass
3.6 Technical Terms
- True Meridian & Bearing,
- Magnetic Meridian & Bearing,
- Arbitrary Meridian & Bearing,
- Dip of Magnetic needle
- Declination,
- Fore Bearing & Back Bearing
3.7 Whole Circle Bearing System and
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
2
Surveying Course code: 3330605
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes (Course Outcomes in
Cognitive Domain according
to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Reduced Bearing System & examples on conversion of given bearing to
another bearing (from one form to
another)
3.8 Method of finding included angles
from bearings & examples
3.9 Local attraction and Closing error with
relevant examples
3.10 Errors in compass survey and
elimination of errors
Unit – IV
Levelling
4.a Explain different methods and their
procedure for
levelling.
4.b Explain procedure for
using the instruments
and levelling staff and
entering level in
proper table
4.c Carryout corrections
for errors in levelling
records if any
4.d Prepare contour maps
by calculating Reduce
level as per data book.
4.1 Introduction 4.2 Basic terminology related with
levelling
like Level surfarces,Horizontal &
vertical surfaces, Datum, Bench Marks,
Reduced Level, Rise, Fall, Line of
collimation, Axis of Telescope, Axis of
bubble tube, Station, Back sight, Fore
sight, intermediate sight, Change point,
Height of instruments, Focusing ans
parallax,etc.
4.3 Types of Level
Dumpy Level, Tilting Level, Auto
Level, Digital Level
4.4 Components of Dumpy Level with neat
sketch
4.5 Types of Levelling Staffs
Self-reading staff & Target staff
4.6 Temporary adjustment of Level
4.7 Classification of Levelling
- Simple Levelling, Differential
Levelling, Fly Levelling, Profile
Levelling, Reciprocal Levelling
and Precise Levelling
4.8 Examples & methods of finding out the
R. L. in Level Book by H.I. Methods
and Rise & Fall Methods with
necessary check.
4.9 Correction for Curvature and refraction
and related examples
4.10 Errors in Levelling 4.11 Contour
4.12 Uses of contours
4.13 Characteristics of contours
4.14 Methods of Contouring
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
3
Surveying Course code: 3330605
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes (Course Outcomes in
Cognitive Domain according
to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
4.15 Interpolation of contours 4.16 Preparing drawing & estimation of
gradients
4.17 Calculation of capacity of reservoirs &
related examples
Unit – V
Plane Table
Survey
5.a Explain procedure for plain table survey
5.b Prepare drawing as per
field conditions and
requirments.
5.c Find the areas from
prepared drawings
5.1 Introduction to Plane Table surveying 5.2 Equipments and accessories of plane
table survey
5.3 Advantages and disadvantages of plane
table survey
5.4 Orientation of plane table survey
5.5 Methods of setting up plane table over
the station
5.6 Points to be kept in mind during plane
table surveying
5.7 Errors in plane table surveying
Unit – VI
Introduction
to Global
Positioning
System (GPS)
6.a Appreciate the applications of GPS in
civil engineering
6.1 Introduction to GPS 6.2 Maps & types of digital map
6.3 Fundamentals of GPS
6.4 Uses of GPS
6.5 GPS Receivers(Hand Held GPS
Receivers)
6.6 Field procedures of GPS
6.7 Observations and applications in Civil
Engineering
5. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
1 Introduction and Scale 04 00 04 03 07
2 Chain Survey 06 02 02 06 10
3 Compass Survey 08 04 04 06 14
4 Levelling 14 04 10 12 26
5 Plane Table Survey 06 03 03 03 09
6 Introduction to Global Positioning System
(GPS)
04 02 02 00 04
Total 42 15 25 30 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
4
Surveying Course code: 3330605
6. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies (Programme outcomes). Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only course outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of
Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a common list at the
beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should refer to that common list and
should ensure that students also acquire those programme outcomes/course outcomes related to
affective domain.
Unit No.
Practical/Exercise (Course Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain
according to NBA terminology) Approx. Hrs.
Required
For
lab./Field For
Project
II and III
Perform ranging and chaining operations in different field conditions. 04
Perform chaining and ranging where different types of obstructions
are present. 04
Take offsets (Perpendicular and Oblique) in different filed conditions.
04
Perform temporary adjustments of Prismatic Compass 04
Determine bearings of different survey lines by using Prismatic
Compass
04
Determine included angles from measured bearings. 04
Project in chain, tape and compass Survey: survey the given area
/field and prepare the drawing sheet - Minimum Five Station
08
IV
Perform temporary adjustments of Level
04
Take and record the level reading in the level book
04
Determine Reduced level using both methods by applying checks
04
Carry out fly levelling in different field conditions. 04
Carry out profile levelling in different field conditions 04
Project in Profile Levelling: Carry out the levelling survey on an
undulated ground and prepare the drawing sheet (minimum area
under survey 100m X 60 m)
12
V
Set plane table by different orientation methods on given survey
station
04
Project in Plane Table Survey:
- Prepare map of open vacant land (min 1000 sq.m) using any
plane table method
12
VI
Demonstrate use of Global Positioning System (GPS)
04
--
Total(84) 52 32
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
5
Surveying Course code: 3330605
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Course/topic based seminars,
internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities,
course/library/internet/lab based mini-projects etc. These could be individual or group-
based.
Unit No. Student Activities
1 I Prepare a list of tools and equipment used in chain and Tap survey
2 II Interpret the old map/drawing prepared using compass survey
3 III Practice for temporary adjustment of Level
4 IV Read and interpret the old field book data of fly levelling survey 5 V Handle the GPS under supervision of teachers
8. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If Any) a. Lecture cum demonstration of handy tools of surveying b. Field demonstration
c. Hands on experience
d. Case study of old survey maps and contours
9. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books:
S. No. Title of Books Author Publication
1
Surveying and levelling Vol-I T. P. Kanetkar & S. V. Kulkarni
Puna Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan
2
Surveying and Levelling Vol-I
Dr. B. C. Punmia Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd.
4 Surveying and Levelling Vol-I Hussain & Nagrani S. Chand New Delhi
5 Surveying Mimi Das Saikia PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
6 Fundamentals of Surveying S. K. Roy PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
7
CD Programme on GPS and
GIS
Learning Materials Development
Project
NITTTR, Taramani,
Chennai
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials:
i. Metric Chain, Tapes, Open Cross staff, Optical Square, Prismatic Compass,Surveyor’s
ii. Compass, Dumpy Level, Tilting Level, Auto Level, Levelling Staff, Target Staff,
Plane Table And its accessories, GPS, other misc. equipments, etc.
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.Autodesk.com
ii. www.drawingnow.com
iii. www.learn-to-draw.com
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
6
Surveying Course code: 3330605
10. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
1. Dr. K. G. Mehta, Principal, Merchant Engg. College,Visnagar
2. Prof. Prakash Kalyani, L.C.E, Tolani FG Polytechnic, Adipur
3. Prof. Prakash D. Gohil, L.C.E, Sir B. P. T. I., Bhavanagar
4. Prof. Vyom B. Pathak, L.C.E, BVPIT (DS) Umarakh Ta-Bardoli
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. J. P. Tegar, Professor & Head Department of Civil and Environment
Engineering
2. Dr. K. K. Pathak, Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/12-13 Gujarat State
7
BRANCH CODE:06 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - IV
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME
EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
THEORY
MARKS
PRACTICAL
MARKS
GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
3340601 STRUCTURAL MECHANICS-II 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3340602 ADVANCED SURVEYING 3 0 6 9 70 30 60 90 250
3340603 BASIC TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3340604 WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3340605 SOIL MECHANICS 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3340606 COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING 0 0 4 4 --- --- 40 60 100
TOTAL 12 0 18 33 350 150 180 270 950
ESE : END SEMESTER EXAM ESE for Practical includes VVa/Practical exam/Performance etc. PA: PROGRESSVE ASSESSMENT : PA for Practicals includes TW/Report writing/Mini Project/Seminar etc. related to practicals PA for Theory includes Written Exam /Assignment/Tutorial Work/Mini Project/Quiz/Presentation L: LECTURE P: PRACTICAL
T: TUTORIAL
Any suggestion please write to Mr. B. G. Rajgor, Email id :- [email protected] with copy to [email protected]
Structural Mechanics -II Course code: 3340601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: STRUCTURAL MECHANICS-II
(Code: 3340601)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering
4th Semester
1. RATIONALE
Knowledge and understanding of Structural Mechanics is very important for engineers in order to
make Civil Engineering Structures safe and serviceable. The Structural Mechanics –II subject is
taught in 4th sem. to develop the concept of analysis of determinate structures under various types
of transverse &/or direct loading. Analysis of industrial trusses is also incorporated to give an
idea of typical structure to the students. In this course, analysis of indeterminate structures under
transverse loading, along with analysis of members under direct loading is to be studied. Analysis
of structural members under the effect of principal stresses & strains is also incorporated to give an
exposure of compound stresses to the students. At diploma level students are expected to study
about these aspects of analysis and design of various structures so as to develop their understanding
in order to apply their knowledge in construction industry.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and curriculum should be implemented with the aim to develop
different types of skills leading to the achievement of following competency: Analyze various types of beams & Evaluate the Structures.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are
able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to
demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Analyze various types of statically indeterminate beams.
ii. Compute slope and deflection in statically determinate beams. iii. Evaluate the structures under direct and eccentric axial loading.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
03
00
02
05
70
30
20
30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
Structural Mechanics -II Course code: 3340601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
2
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
( in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Fixed
Beam
1a. Distinguish between determinate and indeterminate structures
1b. Draw Shear Force &
Bending Moment Diagram for Fixed Beams
1.1 Different types of Determinate & Indeterminate Structures & Structural Components/Elements
1.2 Advantages of fixed beam over simply
supported beam
1.3 Concept of analysis by Area Moment
method
1.4 µ and µ’ diagram 1.5 Numerical for SF & BM diagrams for 1.6 fixed beam with central point load &/or 1.7 UDL over Full Span
Unit – II
Slope &
Deflection
2a. Compute deflection & slope induced in Statically Determinate Beams
2b. Draw deflection curve in different types of beams under different loads and support conditions.
2.1 Slope & Deflection
2.2 Formulae of Slope & Deflection for
Cantilever Beam subjected to Point Load at
free end , point load not at free end and with
UDL along full Span
2.3 Formulae of Slope & Deflection for S.S
Beam subjected to Central Point Load and
with UDL along full Span
2.4 Numerical problems on Slope and Deflection for
2.2 & 2.3
Unit – III
Continuous
Beam
3a. Calculate Shear Force &
Bending Moment
Diagram for Continuous
Beam using Theorem of
Three Moment 3b. Draw Shear Force &
Bending Moment
Diagram for Continuous
Beam using Theorem of
Three Moment
3c. Draw Shear Force &
Bending Moment
Diagram for Continuous
Beam using Moment
Distribution Method
3.1 Statically Indeterminate Beam
Like Propped Cantilever , Continuous
Beam with or without Over Hang
Define Free Moment & Fixed End moment
diagrams 3.2 T h e or e m o f Three Moment
(Clapeyron’s Theorem)
3.3 Formulae to find B.M of a continuous beam
using theorem of Three Moment Method
3.4 Point of Contra-flexure & its importance
3.5 Numerical to draw S.F & B.M Diagram for
two or three span continuous beams
having end supports as overhang , fixed
and / or hinge and subjected to Central
Point Load and/ or U.D.L over full span
using Theorem of Three Moment
3.6 Stiffness, flexibility, carry over Factor & Distribution Factor
3.7 Moment Distribution Method 3.8 Numerical to draw S.F & B.M Diagram of
two or three span continuous beams having end supports as overhang , fixed and / or hinge and subjected to Central Point Load and/ or U.D.L over full span using Moment Distribution Method
Structural Mechanics -II Course code: 3340601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Course Outcomes in
Cognitive Domain according
to NBA terminology)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – IV
Combined Direct
& Bending
Stresses
4a. Calculate Direct & Bending
Stresses of various structural
components
4b. Check stability of Retaining
wall & Dam
4c. Draw stress distribution
diagram in retaining wall
and dams under different
types of loads
4.1. Eccentricity
4.2. Formula for combined Direct &
Bending Stresses
4.3. Limit of Eccentricity
4.4. Core of section for Rectangular &
Circular ( Hollow & Solid )
4.5. Formulae for combined stresses on sections
subjected to eccentric loads considering
Uniaxial & Biaxial eccentricity
4.6. Stress distribution diagrams
4.7. Application of concept of combined
stresses to find pressure at base & stability
check of Retaining Wall & Rectangular &
Trapezoidal Dam
4.8. Numerical for 4.6 & 4.7
Unit – V
Principle
Stresses &
Principle
Planes
5a. Calculate Principal Stresses & Principal Plane on a plane in a Strained structural Material
5.1 Formulae for Normal , Tangential &
Resultant Stresses due to Direct Orthogonal
Stresses & Shear Stress
5.2 Numerical based on 5.1
5.3 Formulae for Principal Stresses and for
Location of Principal Planes
5.4 Numerical based on 5.3
5.5 Mohr’s Circle and its application for 5.1 &
5.3
5.6 Numerical based on 5.1 , 5.3 Graphically
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Fixed Beam 06 01 02 04 07
II Slope & Deflection 04 01 02 04 07
III Continuous Beam 12 04 03 14 21
IV Combined Direct &
Bending Stresses
08 03 04 07 14
V Principle Stresses &
Principle Planes
12 02 05 14 21
Total 42 11 16 43 70
Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above Level (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The
actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
Structural Mechanics -II Course code: 3340601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
4
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are
able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical
exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of
certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as
given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be
assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes
in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes.
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Conduct a mini project in which a group of students will practically verify the
effect of cross section , end conditions on the deflection of beams .
ii. Site Visit to understand Retaining Wall structure , Dam and indeterminate
structures
S. No. Unit No. Practical/Exercise
(outcomes in psychomotor domain) Approx.
Hrs.
Required
1 I Solve at least five real life problems pertaining to Unit – I 02
2 II Perform Deflection test on a Simply Supported beam with different sectional properties ( material, c/s dimensions etc)
02
3 II Perform Deflection test on a cantilever beam with different sectional properties ( material, c/s dimensions etc)
02
4 II Perform Deflection test on a fixed beam with different sectional
properties ( material, c/s dimensions etc) 02
5
II Solve at least three real life problems pertaining to Unit – II
02
6 III
Solve at least Six real life problems pertaining to Unit-III III
06
7 IV Solve at Least four real life numerical Problems of Unit-IV
04
8 V Solve at least Eight real life problems pertaining to Unit – V 08
Total Hours 28
Structural Mechanics -II Course code: 3340601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES ( If Any )
i. Demonstration of Models & Charts of Indeterminate Structures , Dams & retaining wall
& field Visits
ii. Show video films/animations to explain failure of various structures under different load
conditions.
10. SUGESSTED LEARNING RESOURCES
(A) List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
1. Strength of Material & Mechanics
of Structures Dr. B C Punamia Standard Publication
2. Strength of Material S RAMAMURTHAN Dhanpat Rai Publication
3. Strength of Material
Timo Shanko
Tata Mcgraw Hill
4. Theory of Structures R S KHURMI S Chand
5. Theory of Structures – vol I & II S B Junarkar
H J Shah Charotar Publication
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
1. Cantilever Beam, Fixed & Simply Supported Beam Model to measure deflection
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.csiberkeley.com
ii. www.gtstrudl.gate
iii. www.ramint.com
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. B G Rajgor, H.O.D, App. Mech. , BBIT , V V Nagar
Prof. K. Venkateshwarlu , H.O.D , T F G , Adipur
Prof. B. G. Bhankhar, H.O.D, App. Mech. G.P.Ahmedabad
Prof. J. H. Gabra, I/C H.O.D , App. Mech. , G.P , GODHRA
Prof. C. H. Bhatt, DR. S.&S.S. Ghandhy College, Surat
Prof. K. K. Patel, H.O.D , G . P. Rajkot
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. M. C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Civil & Environmental Engineering
Department.
Dr. V.H. Radhakrishnan, Professor, Civil & Environmental Engineering Department.
Advanced Surveying Course code: 3340602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED SURVEYING
(Code: 3340602)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered Civil Engineering, Transportation Engineering 4th Semester
1. RATIONALE
Field survey is the basic requirement for preparing any engineering maps or drawings.
Field survey can be professionally carried out only when various steps involved in the
survey work are known with skills of operating modern survey equipments. At diploma
level, students are expected to study about these aspects so as to develop their
understanding, performance oriented abilities in order to apply their knowledge in
construction industry.
2. COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and the curriculum should be implemented with the
aim to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following
competency:
Prepare survey maps/drawing after carrying out different kinds of field surveys
using advance surveying equipments.
Find out various physical quantities like length, area, volume, elevations, angles,
latitude, departure, etc by interpreting survey drawings.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor
and affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
Use Theodolite for the measurement of horizontal and vertical angle
Calculate the height of objects through a trigonometrical levelling.
Explain the principles and various methodologies involved in techeometry
Retrieving the data and generate the drawings using advanced surveying
equipment & application software.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
250 3 0 6 9 70 30 60 90
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
Advanced Surveying Course code: 3340602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
2
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning
Outcomes
(in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Theodolite
1a. Explain the basic
function of different
parts theodolite.
1b. Operate theodolite and
read horizontal and
vertical angle.
1c. Determine the altitude
and departure of given
points on the ground.
1.1 Introduction to theodolite
1.2 Uses of theodolite
1.3 Sketch and parts of Transit Vernier
theodolite
1.4 Reading of main and vernier scale on
horizontal and vertical plate
1.5 Temporary adjustment of a theodolite
1.6 Permanent adjustment of theodolite
(Fundamental axis of theodolite and
their relationship)
1.7 Definitions and various technical terms
1.8 Methods of measuring horizontal
angles and vertical angles
1.9 Use theodolite for measuring a
magnetic bearing, prolong a line,
ranging a line
1.10 Measuring direct and deflection angles
1.11 Errors in theodolite work
1.12 Theodolite Traversing
1.13 Traverse computations
1.14 Closing errors, Balancing the
traverse
1.15 Gale’s Traverse Table
1.16 Related examples
Unit – II
Trigonometrical
Levelling
2a. Determine relative
elevations and angular
measurements for
given different
conditions of
instruments.
2b. Calculate the height of
objects through a
trigonometrical
levelling.
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Methods of observations (Direct and
Reciprocal)
2.3 Methods of determining the elevation
of a particular point
2.4 when base of the object is accessible
2.5 when base of the object is inaccessible
2.6 Related examples using all methods
Unit – III
Tacheometry
3a. Explain the principles
and various
methodologies
involved in
techeometry.
3b. Calculate R.L. and
horizontal distance
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Purpose and Principles of tacheometric
surveying
3.3 Instruments used in Tacheometry
3.4 Theory of Stadia Tacheometry
3.5 Anallatic Lens, advantages &
disadvantages.
3.6 Methods of determining constants of a
Advanced Surveying Course code: 3340602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
3
Unit
Major Learning
Outcomes
(in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub-topics
between object and
instruments.
Tacheometer
3.7 Related examples on tacheometer
constants
3.8 Methods of Tacheometry
(Stadia & Tangential )
3.9 Method of Fixed Hair :
- When line of sight is horizontal and
staff held vertically
- When line of sight is inclined and staff
held vertically (Angle of Elevation &
Depression)
3.10 Advantages and disadvantages of
Tangential method
3.11 Related examples of Tacheometer
using all methods.
Unit – IV
Curves
4a. Describe different
elements of curves.
4b. Calculate necessary
data required to setting
out curve on field.
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Types of circular curves
4.3 Definitions and notations
4.4 Designation of curve
4.5 Relation between Radius and degree of
curve
4.6 Elements of simple circular curve
4.7 Setting out simple circular curve
4.8 Methods of setting out simple circular
curves
4.9 Transition curves
- Requirements and purpose of it.
4.10 Vertical curves
4.11 Related examples of curves.
Unit – V
Advanced Survey
Equipments
5a. Explain the principles
of total station.
5b. Record data on total
station as well as on
computer.
5c. Retrieving the data
and generate the
drawings using
application software.
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Basics of Digital Theodolite
5.3 Introduction and Principles of E.D.M.
5.4 Introduction and Basics of Total station
- Parts of Total station
- Advantages, disadvantages and uses of
Total Station
- Types of Total Station
- Advancement in Total Station
Technology
- Automatic Target Recognition ATR
5.5 Surveying using Total Station
- Flow chart of data collection
- Fundamental Parameters of Total
Station
5.6 Precautions to be taken while using
Total Station
5.7 Field equipments
5.8 Set up of Total Station
Advanced Surveying Course code: 3340602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
4
Unit
Major Learning
Outcomes
(in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub-topics
- Centering, Levelling , back-sight,
Azimuth Marks
5.9 Measurement with Total Station
5.10 Total Station Initial Setting
5.11 Field Book recording
5.12 Radial Shooting
5.13 Total Station Traversing
5.14 Survey Station description
5.15 Occupied Point Entries
5.16 Data Retrieval
5.17 Field Generated Graphics
5.18 Construction layout using Total Station
5.19 Overview of Computerized Survey
Data System
5.20 Equipment Maintenance
5.21 Maintaining Battery Power
5.22 Total Station Job Planning and
Estimating
5.23 Total Survey system errors Sources
and how to avoid them
5.24 Controlling errors
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
1 Theodolite 12 05 05 11 21
2 Trigonometrical
Levelling 06 02 02 05 09
3 Tacheometry 08 04 06 06 16
4 Curves 08 03 04 07 14
5 Advanced Survey
Equipments 08 03 03 04 10
Total 42 17 20 33 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
Advanced Surveying Course code: 3340602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise/Project (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx.
Hrs.
for
Practical
Approx.
Hrs.
for
Project
1 I
Theodolite:
(1) Identify various parts of the theodolite
(2) Measure the hori. angle by Repetition,
Reiteration
(3) Measure the vertical angle
(4) Measure the deflection angle
(5) Calculate the data for Gale’s table
Theodolite Traversing:
- To Carry out the project for a closed
traverse 4 to 5 stations and prepare the
drawing sheet using Gale’s Table
04
08
02
02
02
06
2 III
Tacheometry:
(1) Determine the tacheometric constant
(2) Determine the distance and R.L. of a
point when line of sight is horizontal. (3) Determine the distance and R.L. of a
point when line of sight is inclined for an
angle of elevation
(4) Determine distance and R.L. of a point
when line of sight is inclined for an
angle of depression
Tacheometry Survey:
- To Carry out the project for a 3 to 4
stations for closed traverse on
undulating/hills regions and prepare the
drawing sheet
02
04
04
04
12
3 IV
Curve :
(1) Determine the elements of simple
circular curve
(2) Determine the data for setting out curve
from offset of long Chord
02
02
Advanced Surveying Course code: 3340602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
6
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise/Project (Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx.
Hrs.
for
Practical
Approx.
Hrs.
for
Project
(3) Determine the data for setting out curve
By Rankine (one theodolite) method
Curve Setting:
- To carry out the project by Rankine’s
methods
02
04
4 IV
Total Station:
(1) Identify the parts of the Total Station
(2) Set out the total station on a station
(3) Set out station by setting up a back sight
(4) Set out station by setting up a Azimuth
Mark
(5) Measure the horizontal Angle
(6) Measure the vertical angle
(7) Measure the deflection angle
Total Station survey:
- To carry out the project for small
traverse on a ground and prepare the
drawing sheet
02
02 02
02
02
04
04
06
Total 56 28
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Course/topic based seminars,
internet based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities,
course/library/internet/lab based mini-projects etc. These could be individual or group-
based.
S. No. Unit
No.
Student Activities
i. I
Comparison between different angular measurement
equipments
ii. IV Visit the area having horizontal and vertical curves
iii. V
Collecting, transferring and processing field data and preparing
drawings through computer software.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRETEGIES (If any)
i. Lecture cum demonstration of equipments of advanced surveying
ii. Field demonstration
iii. Software based preparing of maps.
Advanced Surveying Course code: 3340602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
7
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
1. List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Surveying and levelling
Vol-I & II
T. P. Kanetkar & S.
V. Kulkarni
Pune Vidyarthi Griha
Prakashan
2 Surveying and Levelling
Vol-I & II Dr. B. C. Punmia
Laxmi Publications
Pvt. Ltd.
3 Surveying and Levelling
Vol-I & II
S.K.Hussain,
M.S. Nagaraj S. Chand and Co.
4 Surveying and Levelling
Vol-I & II S. K. Duggal Tata Mc Graw Hill
5 Surveying and Levelling N. N. Basak Tata Mc Graw Hill
6 Fundamentals of Surveying S. K. Roy PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
7 CD Programme on EDM and
Total Station
Learning Materials
Development
Project
Taramani, Chennai
NITTTR, Bhopal
(B) List of Major Equipment/Materials:
i. Transit Theodolite,
a. Digital Theodolite,
ii. Levelling Staff,
iii. Techeometer,
iv. Total Station and its accessories,
a. other misc. equipments, etc.
(C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.Autodesk.com
ii. www.drawingnow.com
iii. www.learn-to-draw.com
iv. www.sitetopo.com
v. www.surfer.com
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. B. V. Modi, Principal – BVPIT(DS) Umarakh Ta-Bardoli
Prof. P. D. Gohil, Sr. L.C.E. - Sir B. P. T. I., Bhavanagar
Prof. H. K. Rana, L.C.E. - Government Polytechnic, Valsad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr Subrat Roy, Professor Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Dr J.P Tegar, Professor and Head Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: BASIC TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
(Code: 3340603)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering 4th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
As we know that the economy of any country is widely dependent either direct or indirect way on
the transportation of various commodities which in turn dependent upon the “How efficiently
the transportation system of the country is functioning.”
Therefore, knowledge and understanding of various design, construction and maintanance aspects of
roads, railways and bridges are very important for engineers working at site in order to make
transportation system safe and efficient. At diploma level, students are expected to study about these
aspects of raods, railways and bridges so as to develop their understanding in order to apply their
knowledge in improving civil infrastructure for transportation.
2. COMPETENCY:
The course content should be taught and curriculum should be implemented with the aim to develop
different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Supervise construction and maintenance of roads, railways and bridges.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are
able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to
demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Explain the importance of transportation system and its geometrical aspects
ii. Comprehend the concept of construction and maintenance of roads, railways and
bridges.
iii. Perform the tests on the various materials used in the construction work of roads,
railways and bridges.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit;
ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
2
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain ) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Introduction and Road
Geometric
1a. Discuss various Modes of
transportation
1b. Explain the various
components of a road
section.
1c. Demonstrate the basic
requirement of road
alignment.
1d. Dsecribe various terms used
in road geometry.
.
1.1 Importance & Classification
of roads
1.2 Modes of transportation.
1.3 Requirements of good roads
1.4 and its advantage.
1.5 Road alignment and their
types
1.6 Importance of road alignment.
1.7 Factors affecting the
alignment.
1.8 Cross section of road showing
its component as per IRC.
1.9 Function of each component.
Terms used in road geometry
Camber, sight distance,
Super elevation, Widening
of Road.
1.10 Transition curve and Road
Gradient.
Unit – II
Road materials and its
construction aspects
2a. 2a. Describe various types of
road construction methods.
2b. 2b. Explain various types of
failures and maintenanceof road.
2c. 2c. Explain various types of tests
on road materials.
2.1 Types of Pavement.
2.2 Necessity of Soil
Stabilization and its methods.
2.3 Types of materials used in
road Construction
2.4 Various tests on Aggregate
and bitumen.
2.5 Construction of Flexible and
Rigid Pavement.
2.6 Types of Failures in roads
2.7 Maintenance of roads and its
components
Unit – III
Drainage system.
3a. Explain importance of
drainage and its maintenance
3.1 Importance of drainage.
3.2 Purpose of drainage.
3.3 Methods of Surface and
Sub-surface drainage.
3.4 Maintenance of drainage
system.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
3
Unit – IV
Introduction to
Permanent way.
4a. Describe the basic parts of
railway track and its
functions.
4b. Explain the Joints and
Gauge.
4c. Explain basic knowledge of
points and Crossing.
4.1. Typical cross section of
various permanent way as
per IRS.
4.2. Function of Various
Components.
4.3. Method of fixing the rails
with slipper.
4.4. Function of Rail joints.
4.5. Railway gauge , Types of
Rail gauge and uniformity of
gauge.
4.6. Function of point and
crossing.
4.7. Factors affecting point and
crossing.
4.8. Components of Turn outs and
types of crossing.
Unit – V
Yards and
Maintenance
of railway track
5a. Discuss the function of
various yards.
5b. Explain requirement of
track Maintenance
5.1 Classification of Yards.
5.2 Function of Various Yards.
5.3 Requirement of Track
Maintenance.
5.4 Daily and periodical
Maintenance.
5.5 Maintenance of Alignment,
Drainage, Track Material and
its components, Point and
crossing and level crossing.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
4
Unit – VI
Introduction,
Investigation and
Maintenance of
Bridges.
6a. Discuss the function of
various parts of bridge.
6b. Explain terms related to
bridge.
6c. Explain reqauirment of an
ideal bridge
6d. Carry out the maintenance
report
6.1. Importance and term used in
Bridge.
6.2. Component of Bridge and its
function
6.3. Requirement of an ideal
bridge
6.4. Classification and types of
bridge.
6.5. Bridge Site Characteristics
6.6. Factor affecting the selection
of Bridge Site.
6.7. Explain following terms:
Scour, Afflux, Runoff,
Economic Span, Clearance,
Freeboard.
6.8. Classification of Cause Way
and its limitations.
6.9. Routine and in depth
inspection.
6.10. Requirements of Inspection
Report.
6.11. Maintenance of Steel Bridge,
Masonry Bridge, Cause Way,
Piers, Pilebents, Abutment,
Wing Wall, Road Surface,
Drainage, Parapet Wall and
Bearing.
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Introduction and Road Geometric 8 2 3 5 10
II Road materials and its construction aspects 9 4 4 7 15
III Drainage system 4 2 3 5 10
IV Introduction to Permanent way. 8 2 3 5 10
V Yards and Maintenance of railway track 5 2 3 5 10
VI Introduction, Investigation and
Maintenance of Bridge.
8 2 5 8 15
Total 42 14 21 35 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The
actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able
to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises for
guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of
certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes
related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in
affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise/Project (outcomes in psychomotor domain )
Hrs.
1 I
Draw the dimensional sketches of cross section of road (with
function of each part of road) , road junction, road curve and
widening 6
2 II
Carry out the following tests.
- On Aggregate 1. Impact test. 2. Crushing test.
3. C B R test.
- On Bitumen 1. Flash &Fire test.
2.Softening point
3. Penetration test
10
3 IV Draw the dimensional sketches of cross section of permanent
way & points & crossing (with function of each part of road). 6
4 V Prepare a brief report after visit to Railway track & yards. 3
5 VI Draw the sketches of various bridges after visiting the
bridges in nearby locations. 3
Total 28
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities like: Course/topic based seminars, internet
based assignments, teacher guided self learning activities, course/library/internet/lab based
mini-projects etc. These could be individual or group-based.
S. No. Unit No. Student Activities
1 I Comparison of different types of Roads
2 IV Comparison and uniformity of various Guages
3 VI Comparison of different types of Bridges
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
6
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRETEGIES (If any)
i. Lecture cum demonstration of various types of equipments used in construction of
Road , Bridges and Railways (show video clips)
ii. Field demonstration about the maintenance of Roads , Railways and Bridges
iii. Show video films/ clips about different features of road, rail and bridge constructions.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
1 Highway Engineering S K Khanna &
Justo
Khanna publication,
Delhi
2 Highway Engineering S P Bindra
3 Highway Engineering L R Kadiyali
4 Highway Engineering S C Rangwala
5 Transport engineering Vazirani &
Chandola
6 Road Railway Bridges &
Tunnel Engineering T D Ahuja & Birdie
7 Road Railway Bridges &
Tunnel Engineering
B L Gupta & A K
Gupta
(B) List of Major Equipment/Materials
---No equipments or Materials required------
(C ) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.waterbouw.tudelft.nl/
ii. www.learnrstv.com
iii. www.shiksha.com , IIT, Roorkee
iv. www.blackwellpublishing.com
v. www.hrpwa.org
vi. www.creativeworld9.com
vii. nptel.iitm.ac.in
viii. www. Indian rail. com
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. N. J. Patel Lecturer in Civil Engineering, Shri K J Polytechnic Bharuch
Prof .D. P. Rao Lecturer in Civil Engineering, Dr. S & S S Gandhi Engg. College Surat
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
7
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. Subrat Roy, Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Prof M. C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
(Course Code: 3340604)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil engineering 4th
Semester
1. RATIONALE:
Knowing extremity of water crisis, we must appreciate water as “Nature’s greatest gift”. Our
water requirement is rapidly increasing due to vast industrial development, population growth
and changing life style. We are mostly dependent on rains as a predominant source of water. The
other important source of water is the ground water which also depends to great extent on rainfall
in previous years. We know that ground water table is declining rapidly due to its excessive use
and misuse and also due to insufficient rainfall every year. To stress upon the concept of water
management and simultaneously to create the awareness about the proper use and conservation
of water, this course is specially designed for the students of Diploma in Civil Engineering. An
attempt has been made to develop theoretical knowledge with emphasis on certain aspects of
water resources management. The topics viz. hydrology, runoff, watershed management,
recharging etc. have been specifically dealt in the curriculum.
2. COMPETENCY:
The course content should be taught and the curriculum should be implemented with the aim to
develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Design the appropriate rain water harvesting scheme and required structures for
managing water resources under given conditions
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
Discuss basic concepts of “Water Resources Management”.
Estimate the surface runoff from given precipitation data.
Describe various types of survey investigations for reservoir planning
Design the appropriate rain water harvesting scheme and required structures for given
conditions.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
2
4. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATIONS:
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning outcomes
(in cognitive domain) Topics and Sub Topics
Unit- I
Introduction
1a. Discuss the concepts
and importance
of Water Resources
Management (WRM).
1b. Identify various agencies
associated with Water
Resource Management.
1.1 Scope of W.R.M.
1.2 Necessity of W.R.M.
1.3 Role of various agencies in W.R.M.:
- Agriculturists - Meteorologists
- Geologists - Industrialists
- Scientists - Biologists
- Water quality Control
(Authority)
- Mechanical Engg. - Electrical
engg.- Economists - Social
workers- NGO’s - Politicians
- General Public
Unit-II
Hydrology
2a. Explain Hydrological
cycle.
2b. Describe various forms
and types of
precipitation.
2c. Explain various types of
rain gauges.
2d. Compute average
precipitation by various
methods.
2e. Compute runoff using
empirical formula.
2f. Describe evaporation
process and factors
2.1 Define Hydrology
2.2 Hydrological cycle
2.3 Forms of precipitation
2.4 Precipitation occupancy & its types.
2.5 Measurement of rain fall
2.5.1 Rain gauges
Non Recording
Recording
- Float type
- Tipping bucket
- weighing bucket
2.5.2 Methods of determining average
rainfall
b. Arithmetic average method
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
3
affecting it. c. Theissen polygon method
d. Isohytel method
2.5.3 Determine optimum no. of rain
gauges for given catchment area.
2.6 Runoff
2.6.1 Factors affecting runoff
2.6.2 Runoff calculation using
empirical formula only
2.7 Evaporation, Transpiration & Evapo -
transpiration
2.7.1 Factors affecting evaporation.
Unit-III
Ground Water
3a. Identify various sources
of water.
3b. Describe various terms
related to “ground water”
3c. Explain various types of
wells with their features.
3d. Discuss necessity of
recharging ground water.
3e. Describe various methods
of recharging ground
water.
3.1 Sources of water
3.2 Importance of ground water and
present scenario
3.3 Terms related to groundwater
engineering:
Aquifer, Aquiclude, Aquifuge,
Aquitard, porosity, Specific yield,
Specific retention, storage
coefficient, coefficient of permeability,
coefficient of transmissibility, Yield,
specific yield
3.4 Types of well
- Open, Tube and flowing well
- concept, location and importance
3.5 Necessity of recharging
3.5.1 Artificial recharging as today’s
need.
3.5.2 Types of artificial recharge
- Spreading method.
- Pit method / khet-talavadi
- Induced recharge method
- Recharge well method.
- Sub-surface dam.
- Check dam series
- Ponds
- Unlined canals
Unit-IV
Storage Works
4a. Describe various
surveys / investigations
to be carried out in
storage works including
their classification.
4.1. Survey and investigations.
a. Investigations for hydrologic data
b. Geological data.
c. Topographic investigations.
d. Collection of legal data, water right.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
4
4b. Compute reservoir
capacity and losses.
4c. Discuss purpose of
various storage zones of
reservoir.
4d. Draw cross-sections of
gravity and earthen dam
at various points.
e. Investigation of reservoir site, land
acquisition Environmental
considerations
f. Economical data - Benefit cost atio.
4.2. Site selection for reservoir
4.3. Methods of estimating reservoir
capacity
4.4. Storage zones
4.5. Reservoir losses
4.6. Reservoir sedimentation and its control
4.7. Classification of storage works .
4.8. Factors for selecting type of dam
4.9. Concept of low and high dam
4.10. Component parts of gravity and
earthen dam
Unit-V
Distribution Works
5a. Explain purpose of
distribution works
5b. Differentiate between
barrage and weir by
means of a diagram
5c. Describe silt control
structures
5d. Classify canals based on
their functions.
5e. Explain factors affecting
canal alignment
5f. Discuss suitable
construction techniques,
materials & equipments
for "canal lining."
5g. Explain the causes,
effects & prevention of
water logging.
5.1 Purpose of distribution works
5.2 Component parts & sketches.
5.3 Barrage.
5.4 Weir
5.4.1 Comparison of weir and barrage.
5.4.2 Causes of failure of weir and
remedial measures
5.5 Safe exit gradient
5.6 Control of silt entry Scouring sluices,
silt excluder, silt ejector, head egulator.
5.7 Classifications of canal
-Ridge and contour
Functions of each according to
network.
Line diagram of network of canal.
5.8 Canal Alignment Factors influencing
canal alignment .
5.9 Regime & semi-regime conditions.
5.10 Canal lining.
a. Advantages.
b. Types of canal lining materials
c. Methods of canal lining.
5.11 Regulation works.
5.12 C.D. Works. -Types , functions &
sketches
5.13 Outlets. - types, situation, functions &
sketches
5.14 Water-logging, effects, causes &
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5
prevention
Unit –VI
Watershed
Development
6a. Describe important
characteristics of "water
shed".
6b. Evolve strategies of
enhancing people's
participation in watershed
management.
6.1. Concept of ‘watershed’
6.2. Characteristic of watershed, size,
shape, physiography, slope, climate,
drainage, land use, vegetation,
geology, hydrology, hydrogeology,
socio-economics.
6.3. Watershed management & people’s
participation..
6.4. Role of co-operative society in
watershed management.
Unit-VII
Water
Harvesting
Structures
7a. Describe necessity and
importance of rain water
harvesting .
7b. Discuss various ‘rain
water harvesting’
methods, structures and
their suitability in various
conditions.
7.1 Necessity of Rain water harvesting
7.2 Importance of Rain water harvesting
7.3 Rain water harvesting methods
- Check dams.
- Nala / Gully plugging
- Percolation tank.
- Khet-talawadi
- Roof harvesting
- Vegetation and plantation
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I. Introduction 3 2 3 2 7
II. Hydrology 8 4 3 7 14
III. Ground Water 7 3 5 6 14
IV. Storage Works 8 3 4 7 14
V. Distribution Works 6 2 2 3 7
VI. Water Shed Development 6 3 2 2 7
VII. Water Harvesting
Structures
4 3 2 2 7
42 20 21 29 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
6
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance. Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S. No.
Unit No. Practical/Exercise (Outcomes’ in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hrs.
Required
1 Draw the following Sketches :
II Hydrological Cycle 16
II Types of Precipitation
II Rain gauges
III Various methods of artificial recharge
IV Component parts of earthen and Gravity dam
V Diversion head works
V Cross Drainage Works
VII Various types of rainwater harvesting structures
2 Solve Numerical from given data: 12
II Calculate average precipitation for given catchment
area using various methods.
II Calculate Runoff for given catchment area using
empirical formula.
II Compute optimum number of rain gauges for given
catchment area.
III Compute yield of a well
VII Design a check dam
3 Field Visit and Report : 08
I Arrange field Visit to irrigation / W.R.I department
for collecting existing W.R. data of your district with
respect to Importance and necessity of WRM
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
7
S. No.
Unit No. Practical/Exercise (Outcomes’ in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hrs.
Required
II Visit to meteorological department, collect
precipitation data, observe, and interpret.
Collect data of your district regarding various types of
water sources available and prepare a report
Suggest various methods of Artificial recharge of
ground water in your district
Collect data of various storage works in your district
Visit to water harvesting Structure nearby your
polytechnic and prepare a report
4. Seminar 04
I to VII Select one topic as a Seminar and present it using
modern teaching aids before teachers & students.
Total Hours 40
8. SUGGESTED STUDENT’S ACTIVITIES
i. Prepare prototype/ model of rainwater harvesting structure in the polytechnic/
suggested premises.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRETAGIES (If Any)
i. Show the video/animation films of various types of dams and their structures.
ii. Arrange visit to nearby water bodies
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
(A) List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
1. Irrigation, Water Resources &
Water Power Engg. Dr. P.N. Modi
Standard Book House,
Delhi.
2. Hydrology & Water Resources R.K. Sharma Dhanpat Rai & Sons,
Delhi.
3. Ground water assessment,
Development & management K.R. Karanth
Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub.
Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Ground water H.M.Ragunath
New Age international
Ltd.,
New Delhi.
5. Hydrology & Water Resources
Engg. S.K.Garg Khanna Pub., Delhi.
Basic Transportation Engineering Course code: 3340604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
8
6. Watershed management in
India J.V.S. Moorthy
Willey Eastern Ltd.
7. Design of small dams. U.S.B.R.
8. Irrigation theory & practice A.M.Mitchel Vikas Pub. House Pvt.
Ltd, Delhi.
9. Water vision 2050 Narmada
W.R. & water
supply deptt.,
Gandhinagar
10. Water Resources Engg-
Principles & Practice
C. Satyanarayan
Murthy
New Age International
Ltd., New Delhi
11. Relevant IS codes
(B) List of Major Equipment/Materials:
i. Rain gauge
ii. Working models of storage works
iii. Models of cross drainage works
iv. Models of rain water harvesting structures.
(C) List of Software/Learning Websites
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. S. M. Mistry, H.O.D.Civil Engg., Dr. S. & S. S. Ghandhy College of Engg and
Tech., Surat
Prof. P. N. Patel, Sr.Lecturer, Civil Engg., Deptt., G. P. Dahod
Prof. A. K. Popat, Sr.Lecturer, Civil Engg., Deptt., G. P. Dahod
Prof. D. V. Jariwala, Lecturer, Civil Engg., Deptt., G.P.Valsad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. V. H. Radhakrishnan, Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Prof M. C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Soil Mechanics Course code: 3340605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: SOIL MECHANICS
(Code: 3340605)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering, Transportation Engineering
4th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Knowledge and understanding of soil and its engineering properties are very important for
engineers working at site in order to make Civil Engineering Structures safe and serviceable.
In INDIA, from region to region soil varies in properties and characteristics. Under different
loading conditions soil is subjected to various stresses and problems like water logging,
liquefaction of soil, seepage through soil and settlement. At diploma level students are
expected to study about these aspects of soil so as to develop their understanding in order to
apply their knowledge in construction industry
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types
of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency:
Conducting different laboratory tests for determining engineering properties /
parameters of a soil, evaluate engineering properties / characteristics of soil for their
suitability to construction of engineering structures
3. COURSE OUTCOMES:
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are
able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to
demonstrate following course outcomes.
Explain various engineering properties / characteristics of soil with respect to
construction and engineering applications
Conduct different laboratory tests for determining engineering properties /parameters
of a soil.
Evaluate engineering properties / characteristics of soil for their suitability to
construction of engineering structures.
Explain essential features and requirements of site investigation with respect to
soil.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
03
00
02
05
70
30
20
30
Soil Mechanics Course code: 3340605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
2
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Introduction
1a. Discuss soil formation cycle & general characteristics of soil.
1b. List structures where
soil is used as
Construction material.
1c. Describe soil-formation
in Geological cycle
1d. State the types of
failures due to soil
in Civil Engineering
structure
1.1 History
1.2 List structures where soil is used as
construction material
1.3 Soil-formation in Geological cycle
1.4 State the types of failures due to soil
in Civil Engineering structure
1.5 General characteristics of different
types of soils
1.6 Overview of different types of soils in
Gujarat / India.
Unit – II
Index Properties
&
Interrelationship
2a. Explain phase diagram of Soil
2b. Discuss various index properties of soil for the purpose of their classification & Use
2c. Describe interrelationship between different index properties
2.1 Three phase diagram
2.1.1 State three constituents of soil
2.1.2 Sketch showing three
i. phases of soil
2.1.3 Assumptions in drawing a
ii. phase diagram
2.2 Properties of soil like Density, Field
density, Dry density, Saturated
density, Void ratio, Porosity, Specific
Gravit , Degree of saturation,Moisture
conten , Density Index
2.3 Derive the following relations for a
soil sample from fundamentals
2.3.1 e= n/n-1, n=e/1+e
2.3.2 w×G =e×sr
2.3.3 ϒd=ϒb/1+w
2.3.4 ϒb=(G+e.sr)ϒw/(1+e)
2.3.5 ϒsat= (G+e)ϒw/(1+e)
2.3.6 ϒd= G ϒw/1+e
2.4 Numerical on 2.3
Soil Mechanics Course code: 3340605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
3
Unit – III
Soil
Classification
3a. Discuss methods of Classification
3b. Describe method of I.S. Classification of Soil
3c. Classify Soil based on Consistency Limits
3.1 Classification of soil (Grain size) as
per Indian Standard
3.1.1 Basis /criteria of classification
i. of soils
ii. Three main categories of
soils
iii. Scale for classifying soil
iv. on the basis of grain size
3.2 Mechanical Analysis of soil
3.2.1 Difference between course
grained and fine grained S o i l on
the basis of range of grain size and
engineering properties
3.2.2 S ieves des ignat ion as per
i . I.S. code
3.2.3 Coarse & Fine Sieve analysis,
b. sedimentation analysis
3.3 Grading Curves and different
coefficients i.e. CU and CC
a. Clay, silt, sand and gravel as
per particle size
b. Consistency Limits like Liquid
limit, Plastic limit, Shrinkage
3.4 Limit and Plasticity Index`
Unit – IV
Compaction
4a. Comprehend the
principle and methods of
compaction of soil
4b. Differentiate between
compaction and
consolidation with
examples
4c. Determine MDD &
OMC of soil by
conducting appropriate
test
4.1. Compaction and its Application
4.1.1 Effects of compaction on
different soil properties like
permeability, shear strength, soil
settlements-stability of
embankments.
4.2. Maximum dry density and O.M.C.
4.2.1 Typical compaction curve
4.2.2Optimum moisture content
(OMC), Maximum dry density
(MDD)
4.3. Proctor test 4.3.1 Light compaction 4.3.2 Heavy compaction test 4.3.3 Light compaction test on a given
soil sample
4.4. Factors affecting compaction like water
content, nature of soil (fine or course
grained), Grading of soil, compaction
energy, thickness of layer
4.5. Compaction and Consolidation
4.6. Role of O.M.C in the field
4.7. Methods of Field Compaction &
various Equipment for compaction
Soil Mechanics Course code: 3340605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
4
Unit – V
Permeability &
Seepage
5.a Explain concept of permeability & its implications with respect to use of soil.
5.b Determine ‘permeability’ of given soil.
5.c Comprehend the concept of Seepage Analysis in relation to ‘quick sand condition’ with examples.
5.1 5.1 Permeable and Impermeable soils
5.1.1 Permeability and Impermeability
5.1.2 Flow of water through pipe and
Through soil
5.2 Factors affecting the permeability
5.2.1 The factors affecting permeability
i. of soil
5.2.2 Factors used to control the
permeability of soil to desired extent in
various Civil engineering structures
5.3 Methods to find Coefficient of
Permeability
5.3.1 Constant Head Method
5.3.2 Falling Head Method
5.4 Coefficient of permeability
5.4.1 Numerical based on
K=( Q×L)/(t×h×A)
K= (2.3× a× L)/(A× t)log10 h1/h2 2
5 5 S e e p a g e p r e s s u r e
5.1 Seepage pressure.
5.2 Quick sand condition.
5.3 Flow net, its characteristics and
application.
Unit-VI
Shear Strength
6a. Explain different terms used in the context of ‘shear strength’ of soil.
6b. Evaluate shear
parameters of various types of soil, with their practical significance
6.1. Definition
6.1.1 Define: (a) Cohesion (b) internal
friction (c) Shear strength
6.1.2 Coulomb’s law for shear
strength S = C+ σn tanφ
6.2. Shear strength of soil
6.2.1 Different shear tests used to
determine shear strength of soil in
laboratory
6.2.2 Procedure of direct shear test (Box
shear test)
6.3. Types of soil C-soil, φ-soil, C-φ soil.
6.3.1 Draw failure envelope by drawing
Mohr’s circle from the data
obtained during direct shear test
6.3.2 Calculate the values C and φ
i . from t he failure envelope of
ii. direct shear test on soil
Soil Mechanics Course code: 3340605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
5
VII Bearing Capacity of soil
7a. Explain concept of bearing capacity of soil.
7b. Describe various methods to determine bearing capacity of soil.
7c. Explain the concept & occurrence mechanism& effect of ‘Liquefaction’ of soil.
7.1 Bearing capacity of soil
7.1.1 Net Bearing capacity
7.1.2 Safe Bearing Capacity
7.1.3 Ultimate Bearing Capacity
7.1.4 Bearing Capacity of various soil
7.2 Methods – Plate Load Test,
Penetration Test & using C – Φ
parameters for determining bearing
capacity of soil and to improve
bearing capacity of soil
7.2.1 Foundation on soils of various bearing
Capacity 7.3 Liquefaction
7.4 Definition
7.5 Occurrence & effect Effects of
Liquefaction Remedial for
Liquefaction
VIII
Soil Investigation
& Exploration
8a. Discuss various methods & appropriate use for investigation & exploration of soil.
8.1 Purposes of exploration of soil.
8 .2 Planning of exploration program
8 . 3 Soil samples and collection.
8 .4 Field penetration Test:SPT
8 .5 Introduction to geophysical
methods
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Introduction 02 02 00 00 02
II Index Properties &
Interrelationships
07 02 04 08 14
III Classification of Soil 07 04 02 08 14
IV Compaction of Soil 06 03 03 04 10
V Permeability & Seepage 06 03 03 04 10
VI Shear Strength 05 02 02 03 07
VII Bearing Capacity of soil 05 02 02 03 07
VIII Soil Investigation &
Exploration
04 02 01 03 06
Total 42 20 17 33 70 Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above Level (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are
able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises
for guidance.
Soil Mechanics Course code: 3340605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
6
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured. Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
Sr.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise (Outcomes’ in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hrs
Requir
ed.
1 I
Determine field moisture content of soil 02
2 I
Determine bulk density and dry density of soil by core cutter method 02
3 I
Determine specific gravity of sand by pycnometer
02
4 I
Determine bulk density and dry density of soil by sand replacement
method 04
5 I Conduct Sieve analysis of given soil for its classification 04
6 I Determine consistency Limits
i.e. Liquid limit, Plastic limit, Shrinkage limit
04
7 V Determine permeability of soil by constant head method 02
8 V Determine permeability of soil by falling head method 02
9 V Determine shear parameters of soil by box shear test 02
10 I Determine OMC and MDD by Proctor Test 04
Total Hours 28
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Collect few samples & find out different characteristics/properties of Soil
from nearby site
ii. Undertake site visit related to road compaction& consolidation and prepare
report
iii. Undertake site visit related to SPT on field & prepare report
iv. Visit to Soil Testing Laboratory for awareness related to other Soil Testing
Equipment, Soil Testing Report.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If Any)
i. Show Video Clips of Soil Testing and interact with students by asking
questions
ii. Show Picture Clips through Power Point regarding Testing of soil and its.
commercial report
iii. Video programs on soil engineering tests – by NITTTR – Bhopal
iv. Video/animation films on soil behavior during earthquake
Soil Mechanics Course code: 3340605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
7
10. SUGGESTED LEARNINRESOURCES
(A) List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
1. Soil Mechanics &
Foundation
Dr. B C Punamia Standard Book House
2. Modern Geo Technical Engineering
Dr. Alam singh Jodhpur University
3. Textbook of Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering
V N S Murthy UBS Publisher
4. Soil Sampling & Testing Manual
Dr A K Duggal NITTTR , Chandigardh
5. IS 2720 , IS 1892 , IS 2132 &
IS 2809
---- BIS , New Delhi
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
i. Core Cutter
ii. Hot Air Oven
iii. Sand Pouring Cylinder
iv. Pyconometer Bottle
v. Permeability Apparatus
vi. Set of IS Sieves
vii. Casgrande Apparatus
viii. Direct Shear Apparatus
ix. Electronic Weighing Balance
x. Heavy & Light Proctor Test Apparatus
C List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.issnge.org
ii. www.springer.com
iii. www.britannica.com
iv. www.trb.org
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. B. G. Rajgor, H.O.D, App. Mech. , BBIT , V. V. Nagar
Prof. K. Venkateshwarlu , H.O.D , T F G Polytechnic, Adipur
Prof. C. H. Bhatt, Lecturer Dr. S. & S.S. Ghandhy College, Surat
Prof. K. K. Patel, H.O.D, G. P Rajkot
SCoordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. V H Radhakrishnan , Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Computer Aided Drafting Course code: 3340606
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING
(Code: 3340606)
Diploma Program in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering, Transportation Engineering
4th
Semester.
1. RATIONALE
Computer Aided Design (CAD) is a good example of technological innovation that has had a
significant impact on the drawing preparation and in civil engineering industry and other fields.
Drawing is the tool by which civil engineer can express engineering detailing like layout of site,
plan , elevation, section with interior details and design output to be used by marketing office ,
client , concern authority for execution , approval and for other works.
Formerly, such drawing were prepared manually, which resulted in time consuming process,
repetition of work for editing again resulted in wastage of stationary and time of human
resources.
Due to advancement in computer and development of versatile software like AutoCAD, civil
engineers and architects are using computers and graphical software to generate necessary
drawings with high precision and using less time compared to manual drafting and it has
therefore became a necessity to have CAD skills among the engineers to improve the efficiency
of drafting procedures. Keeping this in mind, the curriculum is framed to develop basic skills
and competency required.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and curriculum should be implemented with the aim to
develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competency: Prepare detailed engineering and construction designs and drawings
required for civil engineering activities using advanced CAD software.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are
able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to
demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Apply basic CAD command to develop 2D and 3D drawings of residential &
commercial building using AutoCAD.
ii. Prepare detailed engineering and construction drawings and designs required for
civil engineering activities.
iii. Use advanced CAD commands for edit/modification of existing drawings as per
needs and suggestions and print the same.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100
00
00
04
04
00
00
40
60
Computer Aided Drafting Course code: 3340606
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
2
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE – End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE DETAILS
Note: There are no separate classes for theory as given below. The relavant theory has to be
discussed before the practical during the practical sessions.
Unit Major Learning Outcomes ( in Cognitive Domain )
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Introduction
to AutoCAD
1a. Demonstrate the basics of AutoCAD software and its important commands
1b. Prepare a simple building drawing file using basic draw and modify commands
1.1 File menu of AutoCAD with New, Open, Save, Save as and Close
1.2 Basic 2D commands like Line, Circle, Ellipse, Multi Line ,Construction Line, Polyline, Point, Donut, Ellipse, Polygon, Rectangle, Arc
1.3 Erase, Snap, Redraw, Regenerate , Zoom, Pan
Unit – II
Editing of
AutoCAD
Drawing
2a. Explain the applications of Edit commands
2b. Modify existing AutoCAD Drawing
2c. Apply advanced command for edit /modification of drawing
2.1 Modify Properties of Drawing Entity
2.2 Copy, Move, Rotate, Mirror , Offset ,
2.3 Array, Scale, Stretch, Lengthen, Trim,
2.4 Extend , Break, Chamfer , Fillet
2.5 Block, WBlock, Insert and Explode , Area
2.6 and Volume with Civil Engineering
2.7 Application
Unit – III
Advanced
2DCommands
3a. Prepare typical Drawings using Different Layers
3b. Develop final Drawings
with Dimension and Text and Hatching
3.1 Application of LAYER command in Civil Engineering
3.2 Layer command with its all sub commands, Line type, Color
3.3 Dimension command – linea , aligned, arc length, radius, Diameter, Centre, Leader, Baseline and Continuous Dimensioning,tolerance, override and Dimension updates Text and DTEXT commands with Text Style Hatch command
Unit – IV
3D Commands of
AutoCAD
4a. Use 3D commands to generate 3d view from 2D drawing
4b. Prepare 3D Drawings
using 3D Commands of AutoCAD
4c. perform
rendering/shading on 3d drawing
4.1 Units, Elevation, Thickness, UCS and UCS Icon
4.2 Viewports , Extrude , 3D Solids –
Sphere, Box, Cylinder, Cone, Wedge, Interference
4.3 3D Surface – Revolved, Tabulated and
Ruled Surfaces
4.4 Hide, Render and Shade of 3D drawings
Computer Aided Drafting Course code: 3340606
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain )
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – V
Plot of 2D & 3D
Drawings
5a. Setup printer , plotter for
printing of drawings
5b. Plot 2D and 3D Civil
Engineering Drawings as per
requirement on different
scale and sizes
5.1 PLAN , ELEVATION and 3D Views of
Residential and Commercial Building
5.2 PLOT and its Sub Command for Plotting
Drawing on A1, A2 and A3 Size Paper
using Printer and / or Plotter
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Not Applicable
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to
development of Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of
Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document
for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S. No.
Unit No. Practical/Exercise
(outcomes in psychomotor domain ) Approx
Hours
Reqd. 1 I Draw Basic 2D objects such as line circle, polygon - (at least
04 objects) 04
2 II Draw simple plan of a rectangular room or layout of given
dimensions -- 02 drawings 08
3 III Draw a drawing of a plan of two BHK house 14 4 IV Draw Four 3D Geometrical Figures 12 5 V Develop PLAN , ELEVATION and 3D Views of One
Residential and One Commercial Building 18
Total Hours 56
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES i. Visit to architect/civil engineering firm for understating the CAD and its
applications and study of typical drawings prepared by AutoCAD
ii. Collect different types of civil drawings in hard copy from architects , builders,
and practicing engineers for preparing the same using CAD software
Computer Aided Drafting Course code: 3340606
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/13-14 Gujarat State
4
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRETAGIES (If Any):
i. Use projector to explain and demonstrate the use of AutoCAD commands. and students
must have computer with software
ii. CAD tutorial can be given to the students (available on internet)
iii. Collect and provide different drawings prepared through AutoCAD and will show to
students to motivate to prepare such type of Drawings.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books:
S.
No. Title of Books Author Publication
1. AutoCAD Manual ----- Microsoft AutoDesk
2. AutCAD – A problem solving Approach – 2013 & Beyound
Shamtikoo AutoDesk
3. Mastering AutoCAD George Omura Wily India
4. AutoCAD Rubenstein Delmar
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
i. Computer system -Intel Core 2 Dual with 32 MB RAM 200mb hard disk and
Mouse and Key Board
ii. Printer and/or Plotter as per printing requirement
C List of Software/Learning Websites
i. Authentic AutoCAD version 2006 or Higher can be down loaded from AICTE
website
ii. Autodesk web site
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. B. G. Rajgor, H.O.D, App. Mech., BBIT , V. V. Nagar
Prof. Ravi R. Gurnani, Lecturer in Civil, T F G, Adipur
Prof. C. H. Bhatt, Dr. S. & S.S. Ghandhy College, Surat
Prof. K. K. Patel, H.O.D, G. P. Rajkot
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. J. P. Tegar, Professor and Head Dept. of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Dr. Subrat Roy, Professor, Dept. of Civil and Environmental Engineering
For Any suggestion please write to Mr. B. G. Rajgor, Email id :- [email protected] with copy to [email protected]
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNVERSITY
BRANCH CODE:06 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - V
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
THEORY
MARKS
PRACTICAL
MARKS
GRAND
TOTAL ESE PA ESE PA
3350601 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURE 3 0 4 7 70 30 40 60 200
3350602 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3350603 WATER SUPPLY & SANITARY ENGGINEERING 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30 150
3350604 ESTIMATING , COSTING & VALUATION 3 0 4 7 70 30 40 60 200
ELECTIVE-I(ANY ONE )
3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
150
3350609 PROJECT-I 0 0 4 4 --- --- 40 60 100
TOTAL
15 0 18 33 350 150 180 270 950
ELECTIVE-I
3350605
ADVANCE CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
3350606 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
3350607 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING
3350608 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING &POLLUTION
CONTROL
ESE : END SEMESTER EXAM ESE for Practical includes VVa/Practical exam/Performance etc.
PA: PROGRESSVE
ASSESSMENT
L: LECTURE
P: PRACTICAL
T: TUTORIAL
PA for Practicals includes TW/Report writing/Mini Project/Seminar
etc. related to practicals
PA for Theory includes Written Exam /Assignment/Tutorial Work/Mini Project/Quiz/Presentation or
Design of Steel Structure Course code: 3350601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURE
(COURSE CODE: 3350601)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Civil Engineering structures are normally made up of either Steel Sections or of Reinforced Cement
Concrete. Normally, industrial structures are constructed using steel sections.
In industry, to cover wider area without any obstruction at floor level due to columns etc., normally
steel roof truss is provided and hence Load calculation using IS 875 is required for such trusses.
Using our previous semester study of Structural Analysis and design provisions as per IS-800-2007,
in this subject, students will analyse and design different components of steel structure.
In Steel Structure, Rolled Steel Sections are used and its connections at different
stages on site is highly important for the safety of Structure and hence, study of Connection
through Welding or Bolting is important. This course is therefore an important course for civil
engineering students. 2. LIST OF COMPETENCY The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills so
that students are able to acquire following competencies:
Design of Tension & Compression members of Steel Structure along with
Foundation, Steel Beam and Welded and Bolt Connection as per IS 800-2007
Structure Detailing of Steel Roof Truss and Different Steel Structure Component
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are
able to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to
demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Calculate Dead Load , Live Load and Wind Load on panel points of a Roof Truss as per IS-875-
1984 ii. Design Bolt Connection of Angle Section to Gusset Plate & Welded Connection of Angle
Section to Gusset Plate , Lacing System ( Single or Double ) for Built up Column , Batten System for Built up Column , laterally Restrained Simply Supported beam, Purlin made up Angle Section , Slab Base Foundation under Axially Loaded Column made up of Single H Section
iii. Analyze and Design Axially Loaded Tension Member made up of Angle Section , Strut made up of Angle Section , Axially Loaded Column
Design of Steel Structure Course code: 3350601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
2
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (InHours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
200 03
00
04
07
70
30
40
60
Legends:L- Lecture;T- Tutorial/TeacherGuidedStudentActivity;P - Practical; C -Credit; ESE-
End Semester Examination; PA-Progressive Assessment.
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Calculation
of Load on
Roof Truss
1a. Calculate Dead Load , Live Load and Wind Load on panel points of a Roof Truss
1b. List types of Truss
1.1 Rolled Steel Section – ISA, I & H Section, Channel Section and its application in Steel Structure
1.2 Types of Truss, Pitch of Truss, Rise, Spacing of Truss, Purlin, Principal Rafter, Main Tie, Sag Tie, Members of Truss , Roofing material- GI and AC Sheets
1.3 Dead Load of Truss per panel point-
Self Weight , Weight of Purlin , Wind Bracing , Weight of Roofing Material
1.4 Live Load per panel point in Truss as
per IS – 875 – Part II -1984 when access is not provided
1.5 Wind Load per panel point in Truss
using IS – 875 – Part III -1984
2
Design of Steel Structure Course code: 3350601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – II
Bolt and Welded
Connection
2a. D Design Bolt Connection of Angle Section to Gusset Plate
2b. D Design Welded Connection of Angle Section to Gusset Plate
2c. C Solve Numerical
on Bolted Connection of Angle Section to Gusset Plate and for Efficiency of Joint having Chain Bolting
2d. C Solve Numerical
on Welded Connection of Angle Section to Gusset Plate
2.1 Rigid Connection, Pinned Connection, Semi Rigid Connection, Black Bolts, Turned Bolts, HSFG Bolts, Grade of Bolts
2.2 Lap and Butt Joint, Minimum and
Maximum Pitch, Tack Bolting, Edge Distance, Gauge Distance,Bolt Hole
2.3 Shear Capacity of Bolt – Vdsb,
Bearing Capacity of Bolt – Vdpb as per IS-800-2007, Bolt Value, Efficiency of Joint
2.4 Numerical on Bolted Connection
of Angle Section to Gusset Plate and for Efficiency of Joint having Chain Bolting
2.5 Types of Weld, Fillet Weld and
its symbol, Tack Welding, Size of weld – Minimum and Maximum, Effective Throat Thickness, End Returns Design Strength of Fillet
2.6 Weld ,Shop and Field Weld as per IS – 800-2007
2 .7 Numerical on Welded Connection
of Angle Section to Gusset Plate
Unit – III
Tension Member
3a Analyze and Design
Axially Loaded Tension Member made up of Angle Section
3b Solve Numerical for Analysis & Design type based on 1.2 for Single and Double Angle Sections on same side and either side of Gusset Plate
3.1 Examples of Tension Members in Civil
Engineering Structures
3.2 Design Strength of Tension Member,
Design Strength due to Yielding of Gross
Section, Design Strength due to Rupture of
Critical Section for Angle Section ,Design
Strength due to Block Shear in Angle
Section as per IS – 800-2007
3.3 Slenderness ratio of Tension Member as
per IS – 800 – 2007
3.4 Numerical for Analysis & Design type
based on 1.2 for Single and Double Angle
Sections on same side and either side of
Gusset Plate
Design of Steel Structure Course code: 3350601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – IV
Compression
Member
Strut &
Column
4a Analyze and Design Strut made up of Angle Section
4b Analyze and Design
Axially Loaded Column
4c Solve Numerical on
Column made up of ISHB , ISHB with Flange Plate , Double Channels Back to Back and Toe to Toe
4d Solve Numerical on
Strut made up of Single Angle, Double Angle same and either side of G.P as per 1.2 & 1.3 Built up Column , Effective Length of Column as per Table 11, IS-800-2007
4e Solve Numerical on
Column made up of ISHB , ISHB with Flange Plate, Double Channels Back to Back and Toe to Toe
4.1 Strut , Maximum Slenderness Ratio, Classification of Cross – Sections and Buckling Class as per IS-800-2007
4.2 Angle Strut as per Cl. 7.5 , IS-800-2007 4.3 Design Compressive Stress – fcd according
to Tables of IS-800-2007 4.4 Numerical on Strut made up of Single
Angle , Double Angle same and either side of G.P as per 1.2 & 1.3 Built up Column , Effective Length of Column as per Table 11 , IS-800-2007
4.5 Design Compressive Stress – fcd according
to Tables of IS-800-2007 4.6 Numerical on Column made up of ISHB,
ISHB with Flange Plate, Double Channels Back to Back and Toe to Toe
1.1
Unit – V
Lacing & Battens
5a Design Lacing System
(Single or Double) for Built
up Column
5b Describe Objective of
Lacing , Single Lacing ,
Double Lacing , Batten
5c Design Batten System for
Built up Column
5.1 Objective of Lacing , Single Lacing ,
5.2 Double Lacing
5.3 IS – 800-2007 requirements for Lacing
System as per Cl. 7.6
5.4 Numerical on Single and Double Lacing as
per 1.2
5.5 Objective of Batten , Batten
5.6 IS – 800-2007 requirements for Batten
System as per Cl. 7.7
5.7 Numerical on batten as per 2.2
Unit – VI
Lateral
Restrained Beam
& Purlin
6a Design of laterally Restrained Simply Supported beam
6b Design of Purlin made up
Angle Section
6.1 Main Beam , Secondary Beam , Standard
I Sections , Laterally restrained and
unrestrained beam
6.2 Plastic Section Modulus – Annexure –H ,
IS-800-2007 , Section classification as per
Table 2 – IS-800-2007 , Shear buckling ,
Shear Strength and Bending Strength of
Section as per Cl. 8.4.1 and Cl. 8.2.1.2 of
IS-800-2007 , Deflection as per Table-6
of IS-800-2007 , Shear Leg Effect , Web
Crippling
6.3 Numerical related to Design using Single
I Section for Simply Supported Beam
Subjected to UDL
6.4 Load ( D.L , L.L , W.L and its
combination ) on purlin of a roof truss
6.5 Empirical Design Method for Purlin using
Angle Section - D≥L/45, B≥L/60
Deflection Criteria – L/180 and Elastic
Design of Steel Structure Course code: 3350601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
5
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit-VII Slab Base Foundation
7a Design of Slab Base Foundation under Axially Loaded Column made up of Single H Section
7b Solve Numerical on Slab Base Foundation under Column made up of Single H
7.1 Slab Base , Gusseted Base , Base plate and its Thickness as per IS-800-2007 , Concrete Block , SBC of Soil , Anchor Bolt , Cleat and Dummy Angle
7.2 Numerical on Slab Base Foundation under Column made up of Single H Section
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS(THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution ofTheory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Calculation of Load on Roof Truss 08 02 00 09 11
II Bolted and Welded Connection 06 01 02 04 07
III Tension Member 06 00
02 05 07
IV Compression Member Strut & Column 06 02 02 06 10
V Lacing & Batten 04 01 02 04 07
VI Laterally Restrained Beam & Purlin 08 02 04 08 14
VII Slab Base Foundation 04 02 00 05 07
Sketches As Mentioned In Drawing Work 00 03 04 00 07
Total 42 13 16 41 70
Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above Level ( Bloom’s revised
taxonomy )
Note: This specification table shall be treated as general guideline for students and teachers. The
actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able
to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises for
guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of
certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes
related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
Design of Steel Structure Course code: 3350601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
6
S.
No
.
Unit No. Practical/Exercise
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx.
Hrs.
Required
1 I Find Forces in given Truss Members using Graphical Method due to D.L , L.L and W.L and Design Forces in the Members – Drawing Sheet – No: 01 ,A1 Size
08
2 II , III , IV Draw Plan & c/s Elevation of Eaves Level Joint , Ridge Joint and Two Other Joints of a Truss Selected in Sheet No:01 with all design details like Size of Angle Section , G.P , Connection Details , Purlin , Roofing Material – Drawing Sheet – No: 02 , A1 Size
10
3 IV , VII Draw Plan and c/s Elevation of Built up column made up of Double Channel provided back to back with Single or Double Lacing Draw Plan and c/s Elevation of Slab Base Foundation under column made up of H section Sheet No:03 – A1 Size
08
4 ---- Prepare following Neat sketches in Sketch Book 1. Different Types of Truss 2. Truss Details – Spacing of Truss , Principal Rafter, Main
Tie, Members, Ridge, span, Roof Covering, Purlin etc… 3. Eaves Level Joint of Truss 4. Ridge Level Joint of Truss 5. Beam to Beam Connection at Same Level 6. Beam to Beam Connection at Different Level
7. Column to Beam Seated Connection ( Weld & Bolt Connection )
8. Column to Beam framed Connection ( Weld & Bolt Connection )
9. Gusseted Slab Base Foundation
14
5 I , II , III , IV ,
V, VII
Prepare a Report File related to Calculation work of
Drawing Sheet No: 1 , 2 & 3 10
6 Site Visit of Industry Truss , Steel Structure Railway
Platform – Report , Photographs 06
Total Hours 56
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Collect the Photographs of nearby Typical Roof Trusses and from Internet
ii. Collect the Photographs of Elevated Steel Structure Water Tank
iii. Collect the Photographs of Steel Columns with Lacing and / or Batten
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES ( If Any )
i. Site Visit must be arranged for Industrial Truss to explain Truss terminology and
Connection Details
ii. Show video of Fabrication work using Bolt and Weld
Design of Steel Structure Course code: 3350601
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
7
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books:
*** Students are permitted to appear in theory & practical examination with these books
(highlighted and under lined)
S. No.
Title ofBooks Author Publication
1. ***IS-800 – 2007 ----- Bureau of Indian Standard
2. ***Handbook on Steel – SP-6 ----- Bureau of Indian Standard
3. ***IS – 875 – 1984 , Part - III ---- Bureau of Indian Standard
4. Design of Steel Structures (By
Limit State Method As Per Is:
800—2007)
S S Bhavikatti
I. K. International Pvt Ltd
5. Design of Steel Structures K. S. Sai Ram Pearson Education India
6. Design of Steel Structures: Theory And Practice
N. Subramanian Oxford University Press
(2010 ) 7. Limit State Design of Steel
Structures S . K Duggal Tata Mcgraw Hill Education
Private Limited
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
i. Drawing Hall having Drawing Facilities
ii. Models of Truss , Built up column , Beam and Column Connection
C List of Software/Learning Websites
i. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in - Lecture series from IIT , Guwahati ii. elearning.vtu.ac.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. B.G. Rajgor, H.O.D, App. Mech. , BBIT, V V Nagar
Prof. B. G. Bhankhar , H.O.D , App. Mech., GP , Ahmedabad
Prof. K. K. Patel, H.O.D , App. Mech. , GP , Rajkot
Prof. C. H. Bhatt, LAM, DR. S & S. S. Gandhi Engg. College , Surat
Prof. Bhruguli H Gandhi , LAM , GGP , Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. K. K. Pathak, Professor Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Dr. M. C. Paliwal, Associated Professor, Department of Civil and
Environmental Engineering
Concrete Technology Course code: 3350602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
1
GU GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
C COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(COURSE CODE: 3350602)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering/ Transportation Engineering
5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE:
Cement mortar and concrete are the most widely used and versatile construction materials. It is the
material of choice where strength, impermeability, durability, performance, fire resistance and
abrasion resistance are required.
Concrete is generally a site-made material unlike other materials of construction and as such can
vary to a great extent in its quality, properties and performance owing to use of natural materials
except cement. The knowledge of concrete and its properties in the plastic condition and in
hardened condition are highly important in order to make Civil Engineering Structure safe and
serviceable. This course focuses on students’ acquisition of knowledge, skills & practices in
concrete works. The knowledge and application of such aspects is essential in developing a good
technician who should be conversant with the tests of various components of concrete and site
practices to maintain quality of concrete works.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills so that
students are able to acquire following competencies:
Determine various properties/ characteristics & parameters of concrete with respect to
Construction and Engineering Applications
Evaluate Engineering Properties / characteristics of concrete for their suitability for
Engineering Structures
3. COURSE OUTCOMES The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are able
to acquire different learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to demonstrate
following course outcomes.
i. Evaluate physical properties of cement, sand and aggregates.
ii. Describe proper method for making and curing of concrete.
iii. Measure important properties of fresh and hardened cement concrete including NDT.
iv. Ex pla in p roper t i e s o f va r ious t ypes o f Admix tu res and the i r u t i l i t y
v. Design Concrete Mix as per IS method
vi. Explain various types of special concrete and their use.
vii. Explain methods to prevent and repair different types of the crack
viii. Prepare summary of at least one research paper on concrete from any journal of civil
engineering
Concrete Technology Course code: 3350602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
2
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150
03
00
02
05
70
30
20
30
Legends: L- Lecture; T- Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C –Credit; ESE-End
Semester Examination; PA- Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Outcomes in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit-I
Materials for
Concrete
1a. Evaluate physical properties of cement
1b. Evaluate Physical Properties of sand and aggregates used in concrete
1c. Test quality of water used in Concrete
1.1 Importance of cement in preparation of concrete, Chemical compound of ordinary Portland cement, Bougue’s compounds and its functions
1.2 Types and Grades of cement and its uses
1.3 Physical properties- Fineness,
consistency of Cement, IST & FST,
Soundness & Compressive Strength of
cement and its I.S. Requirements, Its
Importance &their related Test as per
Indian Standards
2.1 Role of Coarse & Fine Aggregates in
Concrete, Classifications of aggregate
on the basis of its size, shape, texture
and weight Sieve Analysis, Water
Absorption Specific Gravity of Fine
Aggregate & Coarse Aggregate, Coarse
Aggregate Impact Value, Crushing
Value & Abrasion Value, Flakiness &
Elongation Index, its importance &
their related Test as per Indian Standards
1.1 Requirements of quality for water in
concrete.
Concrete Technology Course code: 3350602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Outcomes in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit-II
Fresh Concrete
2a. Evaluate workability ,
harshness, segregation
and bleeding properties
of fresh concrete 2b. List the factors affecting
workability 2c. Describe methods of
measurement of workability , slump test & compaction factor test
2d. Describe methods of mixing of concrete
2e. Describe methods of compaction of concrete
2f. Describe methods of Curing
2g. List Effect of curing on development of strength of concrete
2.1 Fresh concrete and its properties -
Workability, harshness, Segregation and
bleeding
2.2 Factors affecting workability
2.3 Methods of measurement of workability
Slump Test & Compaction Factor Test
2.4 Relation between workability and
strength of concrete
2.5 Methods of mixing of concrete – Hand &
Machine Mixing and its Transportation
and Placing
2.6 Methods of compaction of concrete and
its suitability
2.7 Factors affecting compaction
2.8 Curing and its importance , its methods
and suitability
2.9 Effect of curing on development of
strength of concrete
Unit-III
Admixures
3a Ex pla in p roper t i e s o f va r ious t ypes o f Admix tu res and the i r u t i l i t y
3 . 1 Admixtures and its benefits , Types of Admixtures - Accelerator and Retarder Plasticizer and Super Plasticizer Water roofing and Air entraining admixture
3.2 Utility of Admixtures
Unit-IV
Hardened Concrete
4a Evaluate Properties of Hardened Concrete
4b Describe the steps to conduct Non Destructive Test of Concrete
4.1 Hardened Concrete and its Properties 4.2 Compressive Strength ,Tensile Strength,
Bond Strength, Flexure Strength Durability, impermeability
4.3 Factors affecting Compressive Strength 4.4 Creep of Concrete & its effect , factors
affecting Creep 4.5 IS Test Procedure to find Compressive &
Tensile Strength of Concrete, Acceptance Criteria , Mean Strength & Standard Deviation
4.6 Durability of Concrete & factors affecting it
4.7 Economy of Concrete & factors affecting it
4.8 Methods of Non Destructive Test of Concrete Rebound Hammer Test, Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Test
4.9 Importance of NDT
Concrete Technology Course code: 3350602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Outcomes in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit-V
Concrete Mix
Design
5a Design Concrete Mix as per IS method
5.1 Factors affecting quality of concrete, Advantages of Quality control.
5.2 Concrete Mix Design and its importance.
5.3 Nominal Mix and Design Mix.
5.4 Factors affecting concrete mix design.
5.5 Different methods of Mix Design and its
suitability.
5.6 I.S. method to design a Concrete Mix As
per IS 10262-2009.
5.7 Example of Mix design as per I.S.
method
Unit - VI Special Concrete
& Concreting
Techniques
6a Explain various types of special concrete and their use.
6.1 Light weight concrete 6.2 Plum concrete
6.3 Fibre reinforced concrete
6.4 Polymer concrete
6.5 High density concrete
6.6 No fines concrete
6.7 Ferro cement
6.8 Fly ash concrete
6.9 Pumped Concrete
6.10 Ready mix concrete
Unit -VII Prevention &
Repair Techniques
For Cracks
7a Explain various types of cracks in concrete structures and their causes.
7b Explain methods to
prevent and repair the cracks.
7.1 Deterioration of concrete and 7.2 Corrosion of reinforcement 7.3 Types of deteriorations and its effects
7.4 Prevention of concrete deterioration
7.5 Effect of corrosion of reinforcement in
concrete and remedial
7.6 Types ,causes and remedies of concrete
cracks before hardening
7.7 Types ,causes and remedies of concrete
cracks after hardening
7.8 Prevention of cracks
7.9 Materials for repair of cracks
7.10 Methods used for repair of cracked Concrete
Unit-VIII Modern Trend And
Research
Development In
Concrete Technology
8a Explain about latest Developments in the field of concrete works.
8b Prepare summary of at least one research paper on concrete during the course from any journal of civil engineering
8.1 latest research and development in the field of concrete technology
8.2 Journals available in the library, its
publishers, Editors and place of
publications.
8.3 The various authorities in the field of
concrete technology and their field of
specialization.
Concrete Technology Course code: 3350602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
5
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS& MARKS (Theory)
Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above Level ( Bloom’s revised taxonomy )
Note: This specification table shall be treated as general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of
marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able
to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises for
guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of
certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes
related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a
common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in
affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes.
S. No. Unit No. Practical/Exercise
(Outcomes’ in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx. Hrs.
Required
1. I
Test the cement for soundness 02
2. I Grade Aggregate into Fine and Coarse 02
3. I Determine Flakiness and Elongation Index 02
4. I Test Crushing Value for Aggregate 02
5. I Test Impact Value for Aggregate 02
6. I Determine Aggregate Abrasion Value 02
Unit Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Materials for Concrete 08 3 8 3 14
II Fresh Concrete
08 2 2 8 12
III Admixures 03 2 1 2 05
IV Ha Hardened Concrete 08 2 2 8 12
V Concrete Mix Design 05 1 2 6 09
VI Special Concrete &Concreting
Techniques
04 1 2 4 07
VII Prevention &Repair Techniques For
Cracks
04 1 2 4 07
VIII Modern Trend And Research Development
in Concrete Technology
02 1 1 2 04
Total 42 13 20 37 70
Concrete Technology Course code: 3350602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
6
7. II Measure Workability ( Slump, Compaction
Factor Test ) 02
8. IV Plot the effect of W/C ratio on Compressive Strength
of Concrete 04
9. IV Conduct Split Cylinder Test 02
10. IV Conduct Pull Out Test to determine Bond Strength 02
11. IV Demonstrate Non-destructive Tests of Concrete 02
12. IV Project :- Concrete Mix Design as per I. S. Method 04
TOTAL HOURS 28
FIELD VISIT: Arrange field visit to cement factory and Ready Mix concrete plant and prepare
a report which should be a part of term work
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Collect few Samples from nearby site & find out different Properties of concrete
ii. Undertake visit to construction site and prepare the report
iii. Visit to concrete Testing Laboratory for awareness related to other concrete Testing
Equipment, concrete Testing Report
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES ( If Any )
i. Show Video Clips of Concrete Testing, interact with students by asking questions
ii. Show Picture Clips through Power Point regarding Testing of Concrete and its
Commercial report
iii. Video program on concrete tests – NPTEL & NITTTR - Bhopal
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books:
No. Title Author Publisher
1 Concrete Technology M.S. Shetty S.Chand& co.Ltd
2 Concrete Technology M.L.Gambhir Tata McGraw Hill Ltd.
3 Properties of Concrete A.M.Neville Pitman
4 Concrete Technology Dr. K.T. Krishna swami Dhanpatrai &sons
5 Concrete Technology R.S. Vashney Oxford &IBH Publishing co, Bombay
LIST OF RECOMMENDED I.S. PUBLICATIONS:
I.S. 269 Specifications for O.P.C.
IS.12269 Specifications for O.P.C.53 Grade
I.S. 383 Specifications for coarse and fine aggregates
I.S. 516 Methods of tests for strength of concrete
I.S. 2386 Part I to VIII Methods of tests for aggregate for concrete
I.S.456 Code of practice for plain and R.C.C.
I.S. 2340 Methods for sampling of aggregates for concrete
Sp 23 Handbook for concrete Mix Design
I.S.4031 Methods of physical tests on Hydraulic cement
Concrete Technology Course code: 3350602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
7
I.S. 13311 Methods of non destructive testing of concrete
I.S. 1199 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete
I.S. 10262- 2009 Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design
…
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
(i) Ennore sand of 3 grades (ii) Cube Moulds of size 7.07cm (iii) Mortar Mixer
(iv) Compression Testing m/c (v) Le-chatlier mould (vi) Water bath (vii) I.S sieve sets
(viii) Moulds for Aggregate Crushing and Impact Test (ix) Impact test Apparatus
(x) Thickness and Length gauge (xi)Cube Moulds of size 15cms (xii) Slump cone
(xiii) Compaction factor Apparatus (xiv) Schmidt Rebound Hammer (xv)Table Vibrator.
C List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.issnge.org
ii. www.springer.com
iii. www.britannica.com
iv. www.trb.org
v. www.nptel.ac.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. BG Rajgor, H.O.D, App. Mech. , BBIT, V Vnagar
Prof. B G Bhankhar, H.O.D, App. Mech., GP , Ahmedabad
Prof. K K Patel, H.O.D, App. Mech. , GP, Rajkot
Prof. C H Bhatt, Lam, Dr. S & S S Gandhi Engg. College, Surat
Prof. Bhruguli H Gandhi, LAM, GGP, Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. M C Paliwal, Associated Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering.
Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering Course Code: 3350603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14‐15 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM COURSE TITLE: WATER SUPPLY & SANITARY ENGGINEERING
(COURSE CODE: 3350603)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offeredCivil Engineering 5th Semester
1. RATIONALE:
Water is very important element in civilization. Social life from the ancient times developed on the bank of water-sources. If society wants to make remarkable growth, the mental as well as social health play vital role. For that purpose and to maintain the hygiene Pure, potable and palatable water needs to be supplied to the society. Water must be collected and disposed off in nature by giving proper treatment, so the natural flora and fauna will not get affected by sewage disposal. This course focuses on students’ acquisition of knowledge, skills & practices in water supply and sanitary engineering .Knowledge about domestic water supply & sanitation system (external & internal) and house drainage& disposal facilities is imparted. The technician must know about the quality of domestic water to be supplied to the society and treatment of waste water. The knowledge and application of such aspects is essential in developing a good technician who should be conversant with the collection, conveyance, treatment, maintenance and disposal of waste water. 2. LIST OF COMPETENCIES:
The course content should be taught and the curriculum should be implemented with the aim to develop required skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
• Design, construct, operate and maintain water conveyance system • Design, construct, operate and maintain sanitation system • Maintain the treatment and recycle system of waste water, sewerage and solid waste
3. COURSE OUTCOMES:
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are able to acquire required learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Select appropriate treatment to raw water useful for domestic as well as construction purpose. ii. Maintain the pipe-network for water supply and Sewage disposal effectively. iii. Calculate and Estimate the impurities present in water used for domestic as well as construction
works. iv. Prepare lay out plan and maintain water distribution and sewer-networks. v. Test raw water as per the standard practices vi. Plan and implement house plumbing work effectively.
Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering Course Code: 3350603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14‐15 Gujarat State
4. SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATIONS:
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
Total Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
L
T P
5
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
3 0 2 ESE PA ESE
PA
70 30 20 30
150
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C - Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS:
Unit Major Learning outcomes (In Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub Topics
Unit-I Sources, Quality and Demand of water
1a. Explain Importance of water supply engineering
1b. Identify sources of water for potable use
1c. Calculate water demand for future population
1d. Enlist factor affecting water demand
1e. Determine various impurities found in water source
1f. List Standards of quality of water with their permissible limits
1.1 Importance and necessity of water supply Engineering
1.2 Sources of water 1.3 Suitability of water 1.4 Choice of source 1.5 Types of demand 1.6 Population forecast 1.7 Computation of quantity of water 1.8 Fluctuation in demand 1.9 Factors affecting demand 1.10 Impurities in water 1.11 Collection of water sample 1.12 Physical Chemical and Biological
tests 1.13 Standards of quality of water
Unit-II Treatment of Water
2a. State objectives of waterTreatment
2b. Describe principles used in water treatment.
2c. Explain function of various stages of treatment of influent water
2.1 Objectives of water treatment 2.2 Location of water treatment plant 2.3 Layout of water treatment plant 2.4 Basic principles of working of
treatment plant 2.5 Various stages of treatment of
influent water i. Functioning of Coagulation
treatment plant ii. Sedimentation
iii. Filtration iv. Disinfection
Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering Course Code: 3350603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14‐15 Gujarat State
v. Water Softening Unit-III Conveyance of Water
3a. List various materials used for pipe
3b. Explain various pipe joints in Distribution system
3c. List different valves and fittings used in pipe network
3d. Describe working principle of Laying of Pipes for Conveyance of Water
3e. Explain necessity of maintenance of water supply mains
3f. Describe Measures for conservation of water
3.1 Types of pipes used for conveyance
3.2 Pipe joints 3.3 Laying of Pipes 3.4 Distribution system 3.5 Types of valves 3.6 Types of Meters 3.7 Pipe fittings and fixtures 3.8 Necessity 3.9 Methods to prevent leaks 3.10 Measures for conservation of water
Unit-IV Sanitation System
4a. State objectives of sewage disposal
4b. Discuss methods of sewage collection
4c. Describe Conservancy system & Water carriage system
4d. Describe sewer appurtenances
4e. Explain Testing and maintenance of sewer
4f. Explain ,requirement and procedure for maintenance of sewerage system
4g. Explain functions of maintenance equipments and tools
4h. Describe Safety measures for sewer-men & Explosives in sewers
4.1 Sanitation System 4.2 Objective of sewage disposal 4.3 Methods of sewage collection 4.4 Conservancy system 4.5 Water carriage system 4.6 Classification of Drains 4.7 Sewer section 4.8 Sewer joint 4.9 Manhole 4.10 Flushing tank 4.11 Catch basin 4.12 Laying of sewer 4.13 Appurtenances and its locations 4.14 Hydraulic testing of sewer pipe 4.15 Maintenance of sewer
4.16 Procedure for maintenance of sewerage system
4.17 Causes of trouble and odor 4.18 Sewer cleaning operations 4.19 Requirements of maintenance 4.20 Functions of each maintenance
equipments and tool 4.21 Selection of equipment for given
maintenance job. 4.22 Explosives in sewers. 4.23 Safety measures for sewer-men
Unit-V Sewage Treatment and Disposal
5a. List the Characteristics of sewage
5b. Explain sewage treatment process & testing – sampling, B.O.D. Test, C.O.D. test
5c. Explain methods of sewage disposal
5.1 Characteristics of sewage 5.2 Sampling of sewage 5.3 Treatment of sewage 5.4 B.O.D. Test, C.O.D. test 5.5 Methods of sewage disposal
Unit-VI House Plumbing
6a Explain house plumbing system
6b Describe plumbing practice and safety precautions
6c list sanitary fittings used in house plumbing & tools used
6.1 Plumbing terms 6.2 Plumbing tools 6.3 Pipes and pipe fittings 6.4 Fixing and jointing pipes and
Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering Course Code: 3350603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14‐15 Gujarat State
accessories 6.5 Traps 6.6 House drainage plant 6.7 Plumbing practice and operations 6.8 Safety and precautions 6.9 Sanitary fittings
Unit-VII Recycling of Waste Water and Solid Waste
7.a Explain different methods of recycling waste water
7.b Explain management and utilization of solid waste generated from society
7.1 Different recycling method with respect to quality of waste water
7.2 Utilization and management of 7.3 solid waste
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
Unit Title TeachingHours
Distribution of Theory MarksR Level
U Level
A Level
Total Marks
I Sources, Quality and Demand of water 6 3 4 3 10II Treatment of Water 7 3 2 6 11III Conveyance of Water 7 2 4 5 11IV Sanitation System 9 4 5 6 15V Sewage Disposal 6 2 4 4 10VI House Plumbing 3 0 2 3 5VII Recycling of Waste Water and Solid Waste 4 3 2 3 8 Total: 42 17 23 30 70
Legends: R = Remember; U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy) Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table 7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different types of practical skills (Course Outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able to acquire the programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises for guidance. Note: Here only course outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes in affective domain as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme. Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire those programme outcomes/course outcomes related to affective domain. No Unit
No Practical/Exercise (Outcomes in psychomotor Domain)
Approx Hours
1. Numerical Example Home Assignment II Predict Population for given situation by various methods II Calculate hardness of water for data of given sample
Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering Course Code: 3350603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14‐15 Gujarat State
2. Prepare Sketches of following Home Assignment 1 Layout of Water treatment plant
2 Layout of Sewage treatment plant 3 Sedimentation tank 4 Filters 5 Pipe Joint 6 Distribution System 7 Pipe Fittings 8 Manholes 9 Flushing Tank 10 Catch basin 11 Sanitary fittings 12 Water sampler 13 Aeration tank 14 Activated sludge process 15 Trickling Filter 16 House Drainage Plan
3. Design: 02 1 Design septic tank
(Student will be given data, I.S. 2470(II) and handouts on septic tank, and should be asked to design the septic tank.)
4. Laboratory Experiments 14 1. Determine pH value
2. Determine Hardness of potable water 3. Determine Residual chlorine from given sample of water 4. Determine Turbidity of water sample 5. Determine B.O.D. of wastewater sample 6. Determine C.O.D. of wastewater sample 7. Determine S.V.I.&S.D.I. using Imhoff cone for wastewater
5. Visit following and prepare a detailed report 06 1. Water Treatment Plant
2. Sewage Treatment Plant 3. Maintenance work of water supply mains and sewage
system
6. Present Seminar on a relevant topic: 06 The topic for the seminar should be given to the group of
three students and they shall be asked to defend the seminar in presence of teacher and other students.
Total Hours 28
8. SUGGESTED STUDENT’S ACTIVITIES
i. Prepare a model of septic tank for given number of residents. ii. Prepare model/chart of Water/ wastewater treatment plant for given residential
society/village
Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering Course Code: 3350603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14‐15 Gujarat State
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRETAGIES (If Any) i. Arrange visit to local/nearby Influent treatment, Effluent treatment, Sewage Treatment
plants. ii. Demonstrate water distribution system, sanitation systems and solid waste disposal systems
by arranging visit or showing video films, NPTEL lectures.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
(A) List of Books: No Name of book Author Publisher1 Text book of water supply & Sanitary Engg. S.K.Hussain Oxford & IBH 2 Elements of Public Health Engineering K.N.Duggal S.Chand & Co. 3 Water supply & Sanitary Engg. Vazirani & Chandola Khanna Publishers 4 A Text book of water supply & Sanitary Engg. S.K.Garg Khanna Publishers 5 Water supply & Sanitary Engineering Birdie G.S. Dhanpatrai &Sons 6 A Text book of water supply engineering V.N. Gharpure Allied Book Stall,
Baroda 7 A Text book of sanitary engineering V.N. Gharpure Allied Book Stall,
Baroda 8 Water pollution & Disposal of Waste Water on
Land U.N.Mahida Tata McGraw Hill
9 Municipal and Rural Sanitation Ehlers & Steel Mc Graw hill book 10 Water and Waste water Engineering Gorden, Fair& Gayer
Okun John willey& Sons
(B) List of Major Equipment/Materials:
i. Spectrophotometer ii. Water Analysis Kit
iii. B.O.D. Incubator iv. Reflux apparatus v. Various model of Fitting and Fixtures
(C) List of Software/Learning Websites
See NPTEL website
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty members of Polytechnic • Prof. S. M. Mistry, H.O.D.Civil Engg., Dr. S. & S. S. Ghandhy College of Engg and
Tech., Surat • Prof. R.M. Patel, Sr. Lecturer Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic , Dahod • Prof. A.K. Popat, Sr. Lecturer Civil Engg. Government Polytechnic , Dahod
Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering Course Code: 3350603
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14‐15 Gujarat State
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
• Prof. M. C. Paliwal, Associate Professor,Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
• Dr. J. P. Tegar, Prof & Head, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Estimating , Costing & Valuation Course Code: 3350604
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: ESTIMATING, COSTING & VALUATION
(COURSE CODE: 3350604)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
Building Estimation and Costing is a vital part of Civil Engineering. No project can begin
without the total Building Estimation and Costing done by the Engineer. The entire Cost of
construction and the infrastructure used for the purpose of construction is estimated and the
final costing is done on the basis of which a certain percentage of the Project cost is paid to
the Engineer, the Architect and other consultants involved in the project. Valuation is one
such important part of Building Estimation and Costing. Valuation is done after the project is
complete on the latest trends of the land prices in the market. Therefore, this course has been
designed so that the diploma civil engineer is able to prepare estimate and cost of a civil
engineering project.
2. LIST OF COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and learning imparted with the aim to develop
theoretical knowledge and skills so that they are able to:-
Prepare estimate and cost of a civil engineering project
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that
students are able to acquire required learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Explain types of estimate and duties of an Estimator
ii. Undertake rate analysis of civil engineering works
iii. Determine the rates of various items of civil works
iv. Calculate estimated cost of civil construction projects
v. Evaluate the actual value of any property.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
200 03 00 04 07 70 30 40 60
Estimating , Costing & Valuation Course Code: 3350604
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory, ESE and PA of practical for
each student are entered online into the GTU portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by
GTU.
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive
domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit– I
Estimation
and Modes
of
Measurem
ent
1a. Explain types of estimate and
duties of an Estimator
1b. Distinguish the terms: Overhead
charges, contingencies, water
charges, provisional sum, prime
cost, provisional quantities, spot
items, day work.
1.1 estimating
1.2 Types of estimate and Data
required
1.3 Overhead charges,
contingencies, water charges,
provisional sum, prime cost,
provisional quantities, spot
items, day work.
1.4 General rules for the
measurements and its units of
different items of civil
engineering work.
1c. Describe various terms used in
estimation work
1.5 Quality and duties of good
estimator
Unit– II
Specificati
ons of
Civil
Works
2a. Write specification for various
items of civil works.
2.1 Importance specification
2.2 Types of specification
2.3 Principle of writing
specification
2b. Estimate the various types of civil
engineering works
2.4 Specification of Earthwork in
Excavation, cement concrete,
Brick masonary, R.C.C. Work,
Plastering Work, Painting,
Flooring
Unit– III
Rate
Analysis of
Civil
Works
3a. State the factors affecting task
work
3b. Differentiate between labour
rates and market rates of
materials
3.1 Task Work and Factors
affecting it
3.2 Labour required for different
works and Labour rates
3.3 Market rates of construction
materials
3a. Explain the concept of schedule
of rates and the purpose of rate
analysis
3b. Compare the rate analysis of
various types of work and SOR
3.4 Schedule of Rates (SOR)
3.5 Rate analysis and factors
affecting it rate analysis
3.6 Rate analysis for earthwork in
excavation, C.C.Work, Brick
masonry Work, R.C.C. Work,
Plastering, flooring work.
Estimating , Costing & Valuation Course Code: 3350604
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive
domain) Topics and Sub-topics
Unit- IV
Estimation
of Civil
Works
4a. State the various methods of
detailed estimation
4b. Estimate the cost of one/ two
room building
4c. Estimate the cost of two
storied building
4.1 Methods of detailed estimation
4.2 One/ two room building
4.3 Two storied buildings (RCC
footings, Column, beams, slab)
4a. Estimate the cost of RCC
retaining wall/ Culverts
4b. State the methods of calculating
earthwork for roads and canals
4.4 RCC retaining wall/ Culverts
4.5 Methods of calculating
earthwork quantities for roads
and canals
Unit– V
Valuation
of Civil
Engineerin
g projects
5a. Differentiate between cost, price
and value
5b. Differentiate between
depreciation and obsolescence
5.1 Cost, Price and Value
5.2 Types of property and Objects
of valuation
5.3 Depreciation and Obsolescence
5a. Describe different forms of
value
5b. Evaluate the actual value of any
property.
5c. Describe the procedure for
fixing the standard rents.
5.4 Different forms of Value
5.5 Valuation tables and Valuation
methods for property and land
5.6 Types of rents and fixing
standard rents
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS and MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Estimation and Modes of
Measurement 08 06 08 00 14
II Specifications of Civil
Works
04 02 02 03 07
III Rate Analysis of Civil Works 04 02 02 03 07
IV Estimation of Civil Works 16 06 08 14 28
V Valuation of Civil
Engineering projects
10 04 04 06 14
Total 42 20 24 26 70 Legends: R = Remembrance; U = Understanding; A = Application and above levels (Revised Bloom’s
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table. The actual distribution of
marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
Estimating , Costing & Valuation Course Code: 3350604
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/course outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Note: outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed here as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development
of Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme
Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this
programme) would be assured.
Faculty members should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also
acquire outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of
Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes
S. No. Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(Major Outcomes in Psychomotor Domain) Approx. Hrs.
Required
1 I Interpret civil engineering drawings 02
2 I List of various items to be provided to learn the modes of
measurements according to prevailing IS 1200 02
3 II Collect specifications for at least 10 items of construction
work 7
4 III Analyze rate for at least 10 items of residential building
construction 7
5 IV Estimate in detail for load bearing structure, RCC retaining
wall, RCC culverts, earthwork for road works, etc.
28
6 V Solve at least 10 examples related to various form of value,
depreciation, loan amount, annual rent, capitalized value,
year purchase, etc.
10
Total Hours 56
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
S.
No.
Unit
No. Student Activities
i. III Compare the actual analysis rates of items with the S.O.R. of P.W.D.
ii IV
Take measurements of any existing building and calculate its present
value.
9. SPECIAL INSTRCTIONAL STRATEGY (If Any)
i. Some live examples of estimation
ii. Visit to architectural firms
Estimating , Costing & Valuation Course Code: 3350604
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A List of Books
S.No. Title Of Books Author Publication
1 Estimating and Costing in
Civil Engg.
B.N.Dutta Ubspd, New Delhi
2 Estimating and Costing in
Civil Engg.
S.C.Rangwala Charotar
Publication,
Anand,Gujarat
3 Estimating and Costing M.C.Chakraborty
4 A textbook of Estimating
and Costing
G.S.Birdie
5 Estimating and Costing Vazirani and
Chandola
B. List of software
i. Estimator
ii. MS Project.
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. Bhavesh V. Modi, Principal B.V.P.I.T. (D.S.), Umrakh, Bardoli.
Prof. Krishnaraj A. Khatri, Lecturer in Civil Engg. Deptt. B.V.P.I.T. (D.S.),
Umrakh, Bardoli.
Prof. Anil K. Popat, Lecturer in Civil Engg. Deptt. Government Polytechnic,
Dahod.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. Subrat Roy, Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
(COURSE CODE: 3350605)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered
Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
As a prerequisite to this course, it is expected that students have already learnt some basic
concepts, principles and important aspects of construction technology in the third semester
course (Code: 3330602).Now in this course of ‘Advance Construction Technology’, some
advance aspects of construction technology will be covered. In today’s times the construction
activities is undergoing lots of changes/developments due to internal andglobalised market
demands of quality and faster completion of project works using modern techniques, use of
modern and waste materials, and through mechanized construction. Today, we require high
capacity machines with better output and greater efficiency to make construction process less
stressful. This course has been designed so that diploma engineers would be able to used
advanced construction technology
2. LIST OF COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and learning imparted with the aim to develop in
students’ construction technology related advanced knowledge and skills so that they are able
to:
Use advanced construction technologies
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course learning outcomes:
Select appropriate equipment/machines for different construction activities with right choices
of techniques for a given application.
i. Report the important operations of construction activities they visited where new
techniques, machines and equipment are used.
ii. Describe important aspects , operations and safety points pertaining to:
a. ‘Deep Excavations’;
b. Pile foundations ;
c. Coffer Dams;
d. Caissons;
e. Drilling and Blasting
iii. Discuss purpose, types, materials, design issues, and erection of temporary structures
for construction activities.
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
iv. Describe equipment and tackles used , problems encountered and their solutions in
erection of steel structures
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End
Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment.
Note: It is the responsibility of the institute heads that marks for PA of theory, ESE and PA of practical for
each student are entered online into the GTU portal at the end of each semester within the dates specified by
GTU.
5. COURSE DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive
domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Modern
Materials
and
Equipment
used in
Special
Constructi
ons
1a. D
escribe the features of
special types of civil
engineering structures
1b. D
iscuss properties of advance
materials and byproducts
such as fly ash, red mud,
furnace slag and their
suitability to civil works.
1.1 Features and functions of the
special types of civil engineering
structures: Multistoried building,
Chimney, Elevated service
reservoir, Dams and retaining
walls, Bridges and hydraulic
structures, Industrial structures,
Marine and offshore structures,
Tall structures.
1.2 Effect of lateral forces on
building like Wind, Water and
Earthquake
1.3 Admixtures and its Classification
1.4 Use of Waste products and
Industrial Byproducts in bricks,
blocks, concrete and mortar.
1c. Discuss main features of
hauling equipment and
hoisting equipment.
1d. State the factors affecting the
selection of of hauling
equipment and hoisting
equipment.
1.5 Hauling equipment: Trucks,
Wagon, Dumpers, Scrapers and
rippers.
1.6 Hoisting equipment: Derrick-
Pole, Gin Pole, Crane, Power
driven scotch derrick crane, Hand
operated crane, Locomotive
crane, Gentry crane, Tower crane,
Lattice Girder, Winches,
Elevators, ladders.
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive
domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
1e. Discuss main features of
hauling equipment and
hoisting equipment.
1f. State the factors affecting the
selection of hauling
equipment and hoisting
equipment.
1.1 Conveying equipment: Belt
conveyors, Buckets, Chutes
1.2 Pumping equipment: Water
pumps and concrete pumps.
1g. Discuss main features of
compacting and pile driving
equipment.
1h. State the factors affecting the
selection of compacting and
pile driving equipment.
1.9 Compacting equipment: Rollers
(earth compaction), Smooth
surface roller, sheep foot roller,
pneumatic rollers, tamping roller,
vibrating roller and compactors.
1.10 Pile Driving Equipment including types of hammer
driving, drilling equipment with
types of drill.
1i. Discuss main features of
vibrators and crushers.
1j. State the factors affecting the
selection of vibrators and
crushers.
1.11 Vibrators: for concrete
consolidation: Internal, Needle,
Surface, Platform and form
vibrators.
1.12 Crushers and other Equipment: used for Production of aggregate
Jaw crusher, Gyratory crusher,
Roll crusher, Cone crusher, Rod
and ball mill, screens, Log
washer.
1k. Discuss main features of
bituminous road construction
and dredging equipment.
1l. State the factors affecting the
selection of bituminous road
construction and dredging
equipment
1.13 Bituminous road construction
Equipment
1.14 Equipment for large concrete
works
1.15 Dredging equipment
Unit– II
Excavation
and related
Equipment
2a. Differentiate between
shallow and deep excavation
with examples/sketches.
2b. Explain timbering operation
in trenches.
2c. Explain the dewatering
procedure
2.1 Shallow and deep excavation.
2.2 Dewatering situations,
necessity and method of
dewatering.
2.3 Dewatering
2d. Discuss main features of
excavation machinery and
earth moving vehicles.
2e. State the factors affecting the
selection of excavation
2.4 Excavations Machinery:
Power Shovel, Drag line, Calm
Shell, Scoop, Trenching
equipment, Wheel mounted
belt loaders.
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive
domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
machinery and earth moving
vehicles
2f. Discuss main features of
earth moving machinery.
2.5 Earth moving Vehicles:
Tractors, Boulders, Graders,
Scrapers, Rippers.
2g. State the factors affecting the
selection of Earth moving
machinery.
2.6 Earth moving machinery:
Handling, Hoisting,
Conveying, Pumping, and
Compacting, Pile driving,
Drilling equipment, Plants for
Grouting, Guniting and Hot
Mix Plant, Concrete Mix Plant,
Ready Mix Plant
Unit– III
Pile
Foundation
3a. Classify pile foundations.
3b. Explain the factors affecting
the selection of types of
piles.
3c. Justify the use of pile
foundation for a given
situation.
3d. Describe the features of the
equipment, tools and method
of construction of under
reamed piles.
3e. Describe pile driving method.
3f. Discuss efficiency of group
of piles.
3.1 Pile foundations, Classification.
3.2 Sheet piles based on materials.
3.3 Classifications of piles based on
materials like concrete, steel,
timber, composite, sand,
concrete (pre-cast, Cast –in –
situ, Pre-stressed) including
cased and uncased with
advantages and
disadvantages.
3.4 Selection of type of piles.
3.5 Pile accessories and tools.
3.6 Pile driving methods.
3.7 Failure or settlement of piles.
3.8 Under reamed piles including
method of it’ construction.
3.9 Group action of piles and its
efficiency.
Unit-IV
Coffer
Dams and
Caissons
4a. Explain purpose, use and
principles of working of
coffer dams.
4b. Describe the major features
of types of coffer dams with
sketches.
4c. State the selection criteria of
types of coffer dams
4d. State the leakage points and
suggest leakage prevention in
coffer dams.
4.10 Coffer dams: Types,
requirements, Selection criteria,
Design features, Leakage points
and leakage prevention in coffer
dams.
4e. Differentiate between Coffer
dams and caissons
4f. Describe the uses of caissons.
4.11 Caissons: Materials used,
Sinking loading of caissons
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive
domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
4g. Classify the types of caisson.
4h. Explain method of sinking of
caissons.
4i. State the problems and
suggest suitable solutions in
well sinking
Unit-V
Drilling
and
Blasting
5a. Classify various types of
Drilling and their suitability.
5b. Describe drilling operations
5c. Justify with example the necessity
of drilling at construction site.
5.1 Drilling: Types, Drilling
requirements,
5.2 Selecting the drilling pattern for
blasting
5.3 Effect of air pressure on drilling
operation
5.4 Betonies/mud slurry in drilling
5.5 Factors affecting the selection of
drilling method and equipment
5d. Describe the step-by-step
blasting process of using
explosives with safety
precautions.
5e. Explain the precautions required
in blasting and drilling
operations , in storage and in
handling of explosives
Blasting
5.6 Explosives for blasting:
Dynamite, Blasting caps Prime
line, Safety fuse ,Stemming, Blast
hole, Prime detonators
5.7 Process of using explosive
5.8 Types of blasting, Precautions
5.9 Storage of explosives
5.10 Features of magazine
building
Unit-VI
Erection of
Steel
Structures
6a. Describe various types of
formworks with its advantages
6b. Discuss the principles of
using slip formwork
6c. Describe cantilever method of
Pre-stressed concrete bridge
Construction
6d. Sketch the formwork for
columns, beams and slabs and
others for given problem situation
with labels
6.1 Formwork: Requirements of a
good form work, Loads, guiding
points for design
6.2 Column form work
6.3 Slab and beam formwork
6.4 Slip from work
6.5 Hanging form works and
Trestles
6.6 Form work for domes and arches.
6.7 Cantilever method of Pre-
stressed concrete bridge
construction
6e. Describe problems faced and
solutions adopted in erection of
various types of steel structures
such as roof truss, bridge girders.
6f. Discuss various types of
equipment and tackles used in
6g. erection of various types of
steel structure
6.8 Roof truss: erection problems
Building / Industrial component,
Equipment and tackles used for
erecting these
6.9 Plate girder Launching a portion
of bridge Girder, Large span
lattice girder
6.10 Erection of chimney
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(Major outcomes in cognitive
domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Erection of overhead tank.
6.0 SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit
No.
Unit Title Teachin
g Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Modern Materials and Equipment
for Special Constructions 10 08 06 05 19
II Deep Excavation 04 03 02 02 07
III Pile Foundations 08 06 04 02 12
IV Coffer Dams and Caissons 08 06 04 04 14
V Drilling and Blasting 04 03 02 01 06
VI Erection of steel structures 08 06 04 02 12
Total 42 32 22 16 70
Legends: R = Remember U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The actual
distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
7.0 SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop abilitiesand skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire and demonstrate the course learning and programme outcomes.
Following is the list of practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here performance outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed and demonstrated appropriately, they
would contribute to the development of demonstrated learning in behavioral terms in affective
domain. As a whole, the total approach towards acquisition of knowledge, skills, abilities and
behaviorand demonstration of the same would lead to the development of Course Outcomes.
Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the
beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
7
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hours.
Required
Part-A (Sketches With Nomenclature and Short
Details-Study and Information Based in Sketch book)
08 hrs
1
II
Plants And Equipment Used In Construction
a. Earthmoving machineries
b. Equipment for excavation
c. Handling equipment
d. Hoisting equipment
e. Conveying equipment
f. Pumping equipment
g. Compacting equipment
h. Concrete vibrating equipment
i. Pile driving equipment
j. Plants for Grouting, Guniting.
k. Drilling equipment
l. Concrete and mixing plant
III Various types of timbering.
III Dewatering methods.
III Different types of shallow and deep foundations.
IV Different types of pile foundations.
V Different types of coffer dams.
VI Different types of caisson.
VI Slip form work
V Blast hole
VI Slab and beam formwork
VI Column formwork
VI Crib and Trestle
PART-B
(Site Visit And Preparation Of Detailed Report
Recording Main Operations (May Be With Photos) As
Observed And Discusssed With Site Officers, Of
Atleast One Visit)
08 hrs
2
II
Prepare a site visit report regarding your visit in which
construction work is going on with advanced equipment’s
stating list of equipment including its selection criteria and
its advantages.
III/IV
Prepare a site visit report regarding your visit in which
deep foundation work is going on including type of deep
foundation selection criteria.
V Prepare a site visit report regarding your visit in which
cassion / cofferdam construction work is going on.
VI Prepare a site visit report regarding your visit in which
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
8
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical Exercises
(outcomes in Psychomotor Domain)
Approx
Hours.
Required
drilling/ blasting work is going on.
VI Prepare a site visit report regarding your visit in which
erection of steel structure work is going on.
Part-C (Seminar Presentation) 06 hrs
3
I
to
VI
Topic of Seminar shall be given to a group of students.
The students are required to submit and present / defend
the Seminar in presence of students and teachers and
report including PowerPoint presentation to be attached
with submission. Each individual student’s contribution in
group work need to be made explicit.
Part-D –Prepare A Case Study (Any One) 06 hrs
4
I
to
VI
Based on advanced construction technology curriculum,
on any one related topic narrating the case with specific
operations/ problems faced/resolved from nearby
construction work area with short details.
Total Hours 28 rs
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Following is the list of proposed student activities such as:
i. Prepare experimental journals based on practical performed in laboratory.
ii. Assignments on solving field problems of construction or numerical problems
iii. Prepare chart displaying various types of pile foundation, coffer dams, caissons, etc.
iv. Prepare the schematic diagram for various types of plants.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any)
(i) Arrange visit to nearby following sites and write visit report
(a) For a High Rise Building, Docks, Jetties, Pile driving sites, etc. those who are
using all kind of advanced equipment.
(b) For a Hot Mix Plants, Concrete Mix Plants, RMC, Aggregate Crusher site, etc.
10 SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A) List of Books
Sr.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
1. Building construction
S.P. Arora and S.P.
Bindra
Dhanpat Rai
2. Building Construction
Engineering
Gurcharansingh Jain Book Agency
3. Construction, planning Robert L. Peurifoy Mc Graw Hill India
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
9
Sr.
No. Title of Book Author Publication
equipment and methods
4. Building Construction Sushil Kumar Standard Publishers
5. Learning from failures R.N. Raikar Structural Designers and
Consultants, New Delhi
6.
Durable structure through
planning for preventive
measures
R.N. Raikar Structural Designers and
Consultants, New Delhi
7. Diagnosis and Treatment
structure in Distress
R.N. Raikar Structural Designers and
Consultants, New Delhi
8. Building structures James Abrose. Wiley Publishers
9. Standard handbook of
civil engineering
Gurcharansingh S P P
10. Building construction B.C. Punmia Laxmi Publication, New
Delhi
11. Building construction S.C. Rangwala Charotar Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd. Anand
12. Civil Engineering
Practice (I,II,III)
Kaushik, Asawa and
Ahuja
Publishing House,
New Delhi
13. Civil Engineering
Construction
Antill and Ryan Angus and Robertson
14. Pile Foundations Tomlinson Longman Group, U. K.
15. Relevant IS codes - BIS, New Delhi
B) List of Major Equipment/ Instrument with Broad Specifications: (Teachers are
requested to provide here a sample list)
C) List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.sskphdmm.com
ii. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. P. D. Gohil, Sr. Lecturer in Civil Engineering, Sir Bhavsinhji Polytechnic
Institute, Bhavnagar.
Prof A. K. Popat Sr. Lecturer in Civil Engineering , Government Polytechnic,
Dahod
Prof. D. V. Jariwala Sr. Lecturer in Civil Engineering , Government Polytechnic,
Bharuch
Prof. H.K.Rana Sr. Lecturer in Civil Engineering , Government Polytechnic, Valsad
Advanced Construction Technology Course Code: 3350605
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
10
Coordinator and Faculty Member from NITTTR Bhopal
Dr. V H Radhakrishnan, Professor,Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Project - I Course Code: 3350609
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: PROJECT-I
(COURSE CODE: 3350609)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering 5th
Semester
1. RATIONALE
One of the important criteria of “Project “ is to develop the ability of “learning to
Learn “ on its own. This would go a long way helping the students in keeping pace
with future changes in technology and in the acquisition of knowledge and skills as
and when needed. The course of the “Project” is designed with an aim to all these
requirements of the students. Which will include planning of the Programme, which
must be completed within the time allocated.
The Project should never have a single solution and process of arriving at a particular
solution, the student must be required to make number of decisions after study
information as he has gathered from experiments, surveys, analysis etc.
The Project is also included with Seminar with the aim to develop certain set
communication skills (preparation of report, writing survey report writing lab.
experiment results writing conclusions of the work done and physical phenomenon
observed, participating in group discussions, verbally defending the project in the
form of Seminar etc.)
The curricula for each course make specific mention of some of the major aims and
objectives of the programme as a whole, these should be assigned due importance in
the planning of teaching methodologies,
The programme aims at developing in the student, knowledge and skills to match the
current and projected needs of industry/ user systems, social awareness and
professional attitudes. In relation to the course and topics to be taught, the student will
have to constantly update himself and keep pace with the changing technologies and
the current and projected needs of user systems. Another important aspect is the
development of the attitude of enquiry, the inculcation of sound study and work
habits, side by side with the development of the overall personality. as well as positive
attitudes .
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different
types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
1 To develop of inquisitive russ, innovative skill and confidence to work
independently
2. To participate effectively in group work
3. To collect relevant data
4. To plan and organize the work
5. To analyse and synthesise the data
6. To relate knowledge various courses in lacking a live problem
7. To make appropriate decision
8. To conduct a survey and investigation
9. To solve industry problems
10. To develop ability during field project work
Project - I Course Code: 3350609
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
11. To develop cost consideration
12. To design the components on broad lines
13. To prepare a drawings and plans for works
14. To assess the financial implication and feasibility of the scheme
15. To prepare the technical reports
3. COURSE OUTCOMES
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students
are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective
domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
The students will be able to
Know the questions to which he is finding answers through experimental work.
Perform the practical work with appropriate accuracy.
Reduce the experimental readings to the form of answers required.
Understand clearly what the reader will want to know.
Give brief but clear answers.
Convince the reader that the answers are valid.
Present a reasoned discussion of the significance of the answers he offers.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total
Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical
Marks
Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100 0 0 4 4 00 00 40 60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit,
ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE DETAILS
During the semesters, Students will have to write two types of reports.
1. Course-work reports : i.e. reports for communication with your tutor or guide ,
Technical reports to communicate with a specific individual who might be a ‘senior’
person in the formats specified by Gujarat Technological University.
2. A summary of work carried out , the readings, calculations, results and answers in
numerical or graphical form, and a discussion of the results, answers and conclusions.
The format must include following contents as a guideline, but should be strictly include all
essential contents mentioned as per prevailing guidelines of Gujarat Technological University.
The Certificate format should be as per the format prescribed by GTU time to time.
The Report will include the following:
1) Certificate (in the Format given in this document below)
2) Acknowledgements
Project - I Course Code: 3350609
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3) Abstract ( In One paragraph not more than 150 words)
4) Index
5) Chapter-1 Introduction of the industry
6) Chapter-2 Problem Identification and Definition, process modification; a Literature Survey
and Prior Art Search
7) Chapter-3 The description of the Industrial Process/ Product and problem analysis
8) Cgapter-4 The Outline of the solution (with details including drawings, circuits , software,
used for or developed for the solution etc. in detail )
9) Chapter-5 For the Semester V - Project Report
One self appraisal form should be attached at the end by the student in his favour
regarding the claim of his work relevance , utilities and materialization as well as the
gain in terms of cost – benefits , so that teacher can have ease of evaluation.
The Report should be submitted well before the Exam.
Guideline for the Project– I for Diploma Engineering
Each final year ( Fifth and Sixth Semesters ) Project will be a Major Project.
It will be divided into two Semesters
Project – I: (Marks: 200) , Credits : 0 – 0 – 4
Out of 200 marks, 100 marks are to be given as Progressive Assessment as per scheme
suggested.
The college, through Progressive Assessment , will assess the Industry Defined
problems, submitted by students as per time limit prescribed by the university in the
fifth semester.
The remaining 100 marks are for the practical exam- ESE which shall be conducted by
the GTU.
Each defined project needs to be from Industry/Research organization/Govt.
organization/ socio-technical issues and according to the need of time for solving real
life problems.
Project identification should be based on “Shodh-Yatra” carried out by the students,
during summer, just after completion of the 4th
Semester Diploma Engineering exam
conducted by GTU. The Shodh Yatra should be completed by the end of the first week
from the commencement of the fifth semester.
Problem definition for the project needs to be submitted by every student within
prescribed time limit specified by concern project guide as per the submission time
limit specified by GTU to the respective faculty guide.
Each definition will be evaluated and corrected if required by the faculty guide and the
consolidated report should be prepared branch wise, in the prescribed format of GTU,
by the College.
Every College should send all the Problem Definitions in the specified format to GTU
within prescribed time limit specified by GTU without fail.
The selection of the topic for the project work must strictly related to the Elective
Subjects/ Elective Group taken for the study and exam for 5th and 6th
semester, failing
to such selection , strict actions may be taken as prescribed and decided by the
University.
Project - I Course Code: 3350609
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
The HOD should send all the Reports on the Problem Definition to GTU, without
delay, in a CD or online ,viewing all aspects and prevailing guidelines.
Once the Problem is defined and submitted to GTU, the students will start working on
the Problem. They have to undergo a rigorous process of Understanding and
Analyzing the problem, conducting a Literature and Prior Art Search through
studying patent literature, Deriving, Discussing and Designing the problem solution.
The Implementation part will be completed in Sixth Semester.
At the end of Fifth Semester , the student will prepare a ‘Semester V Project Report’
of the work done during the Semester. An examination will be conducted. The
Principal will invite the industry mentor (in case the project is not based on a
UDP) to the examination. The HOD should send all the Semester V Project
Reports to GTU, without delay, in a CD or online .
Certificate Format This is to certify that
Mr./Ms._________________________________________________________
From __________________________College having Enrolment No: __________________
has completed Report on the Problem Definition/ Semester V Project Report/ Final
Project Report having title _____________________________________________________________,
individually/ in a group consisting of ________ persons under the guidance of the Faculty
Guide
___________________________.
The mentor from the industry for the project:
Name: Industry:
Contact Details:
SUGGESTED TYPES OF PROJECTS :
Definition of a project:
“ A project should enable a student to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed
during programme (upon the time that the particular project is initiated) to a new situation or
problem for which there are a number of engineering solutions. The project will include a
planning of the programme, which must be completed within the time allocated, the
maintenance of a logbook and the preparation of a report. The project should not have a single
solution and in the process of arriving at a particular solution, the student must be required to
make a number of decisions after studying information he has accumulated from experiments,
analysis, survey, etc. The report should contain the reasons for all decisions taken.”
Characteristics of project work:
1. Student centered teaching.
2. Active student participation
3. Full freedom with minimum teacher’s direction
4. No unique, defined solution.
Types of project:
In general, projects are of the following types;
1. Feasibility study
2. Design
Project - I Course Code: 3350609
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3. Market survey
4. Design, make, test and evaluate
5. Advanced experimental work requiring the development of existing equipment to
be used
and developed.
6. Field work – This could include surveys, using equipment or charting data and
information from visual observation.
SUGGESTED TITLES FOR PROJECTS:
1. Water supply project
2. Sanitary project
3. Road project
4. Irrigation project
5. Housing colony project
· Village planning
· Village improvement
· Slum clearance
· Sector planning…
Assessment criteria for Effective Evaluation of the project:
The Diploma 5th Semester students are to be evaluated for the IDP Part-I (Final Year Project)
as per the scheme suggested .
100 Marks are for Progressive Assessment to be evaluated by Institute concern Faculty /
Guide for the Part-I only based on following criteria.
Sr. No. Description Marks
1. Innovation / New Technique adopted 16
2. Utility of the Project for industry/ Academia 08
3. Related survey (Industrial Shodh Yatra) of Industry
/ Society / Institutes for Problem Identification
16
4. Identification of thrust area and defining objectives
with outcome
16
5. Methodology Related Study, literature review
adopted
16
6. Presentation of work Plan / Action Plan and
identification of Project
12
7. Report writing / Documentation of IDP 08
8. Preliminary Question - Answer and communication
Skill
08
TOTAL 100
The Diploma 5th Semester students are to be evaluated for the IDP Part-I (Final Year
Project) as per the scheme suggested for 100 Marks for ESE by External GTU
appointed Examiner for the Part-I only.]
Project - I Course Code: 3350609
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
Sr. No. Description Marks
1. Approach to identify problem, Tools and techniques
used 20
2. Quality of idea, Utility, Planning and work
distribution 20
3. Complexity of problem, Implementation feasibility 10
4. IDP statement, Expected outcome of design and
survey
15
5. Presentation, Technical knowledge, Involvement of
individual, Reporting and documentation
15
8. Viva Voce – Question & Answer 20
TOTAL 100
Note:
The project/ problem wise feedback form prescribed by the Gujarat
Technological University should be submitted immediately after evaluation of
the project/ problem by the external faculty appointed by the university.
The above suggested evaluation scheme can be changed by the external faculty
accordingly to problem / project following University guidelines.
The project / problem selected should strictly related to the Elective courses or
the group taken for the study and exam in semester 5th
and 6th
by the student ,
failing to such selection report must be made by the external faculty to
university immediately after conducting exam .
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS AND MARKS
(THEORY)
NOT APPLICABLE
Legends: R = Remember U = Understand; A = Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICALS
NOT APPLICABLE
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to
develop different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that
students are able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of
practical exercises for guidance.
Project - I Course Code: 3350609
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However,
if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development
of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course
Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme)
would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire
outcomes in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme
Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
7. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof A.K.Popat Sr.lecturer in Civil Engineering , Government Polytechnic, Dahod
Prof R.M.Patel Sr.lecturer in Civil Engineering , Government Polytechnic, Dahod
BRANCH CODE:06 DIPLOMA PROGRAMME IN CVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER - VI
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME
L
T
P
CREDITS
(L+T+P)
THEORY MARKS PRACTICAL MARKS
GRAND TOTAL
ESE PA ESE PA
3360601
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
3
0
4
7
70
30
40
60
200
3360602
CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL &
MONITORING
3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
150
3360603
CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMNET
3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
150
ELECTIVE-II (FIRST SUBJECT FROM ANY ONE
GROUP)
3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
150
ELECTIVE-III (SECOND SUBJECT FROM SAME
GROUP)
3
0
2
5
70
30
20
30
150
3360613
PROJECT-II
0
0
6
6
0
0
40
60
100
TOTAL
15
0
18
33
350
150
160
240
900
ELECTIVE-II,III(ANY ONE GROUP)
GROUP - A
3360604 BUILDING SERVICES
3360605 MAINTANANCE & REHABILATION OF
STRUCTURES
GROUP - B
3360606
RAILWAY , HARBOUR & TUNNEL ENGINEERING
3360607 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING
3360608 PAVEMENT DESIGN
GROUP - C
3360609 GROUND WATER ENGINEERING
3360610 ADVANCE HYDROLOGY
GROUP - D
3360611 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
3360612 WATER AND WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT
*Students shall opt only elective group which students had opted in FIFTH Semester
*In Elective Group B , out of mentioned three subjects.students shall opt for any two subjects out of three mentioned subjects.
ESE : END SEMESTER EXAM ESE for Practical includes VVa/Practical exam/Performance etc.
PA: PROGRESSVE ASSESSMENT
PA for Practicals includes TW/Report writing/Mini Project/Seminar etc. related to practicals
L: LECTURE
P: PRACTICAL
T: TUTORIAL
PA for Theory includes Written Exam /Assignment/Tutorial Work/Mini Project/Quiz/Presentation or Combination of all with
prior intimation to the students at beginning of term
prior intimation to the students
at beginning of term
For Any suggestion please write to Mr. B. G. Rajgor, Email id :- [email protected] with copy to [email protected]
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 1
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
(COURSE CODE: 3360601)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering 6th Semester
1. RATIONALE:
Most of the civil Engineering structures are normally made up of either Steel Sections or of
Reinforced Cement Concrete. In Fifth Semester, Design of Steel Structure has been covered and
in this course Design of reinforced Concrete Structures will be taught as per IS 456 – 2000.
Most of the residential buildings, Commercial and Public Buildings are designed using R. C. C.
due to their long durability and flexibility in size and shape of structures and its members. So,
Design of R.C.C. components like slab, beam, column and footing using Limit State Method is
required to be understood. Also precise and correct detailing of reinforcement in structure
drawing is also required in order to execute smooth construction of RCC structures. Hence this
course will provide a detailed knowledge of reinforcement as per IS 456-2000, SP 34 and SP 16. 2. COMPETENCY: The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
in students so that they are able to acquire following competencies:
Analyse RCC building structure/element for various application.
Provide a design and detailed drawing of analysed structure/element using
Limit State Method as per code of practice IS 456 -2000, SP 34 and SP 16.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) :
The theory should be taught and exercises should be carried out in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Develop methods of RCC design using concrete and steel properties
ii. Analyse & Design Singly Reinforced Rectangular Section ( SRRS ) under
Flexure
iii. Design Stirrups for R.C Rectangular Beam
iv. Apply design conditions of IS 456-2000 for various elements of structures
v. Perform analysis for Tee Beam for Flexure, R. C. C. Column and Isolated
Footing
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 2
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
Teaching
Scheme (In Hours)
Total
Credits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
200
03
00
04
07
70
30
40
60
Legends: L- Lecture; T- Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C -Credit;
ESE-End Semester Examination; PA-Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS:
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-
topics
UNIT – I
Limit State
Method
1a Explain Limit State Method and its types
2a Explain concrete and steel for its Design compressive and tensile strength and Limit State Load
1.1 Reinforced Cement concrete, necessity of steel in concrete, normal location of Tension steel in beams, slabs &in footing
1.2 Limit State, Limit State of Collapse – Flexure, Shear, Compression, Torsion, Limit State of Serviceability- Deflection, Cracking.
1.1 Characteristic Strength of Concrete and Steel, Partial Safety Factor for Concrete and Steel
1.2 Characteristic or Working Load, Partial Safety Factor for Load, Limit State or Factored Load
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 3
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-
topics
UNIT – II
Limit State of
Collapse:
Flexure
\
2a Analyse & Design of
Singly Reinforced Rectangular Section ( SRRS ) under Flexure
2b Analyse SRRS for flexure using SP-16.
2c Analyse & Design Doubly Reinforced Rectangular Section
2d Analyse flanged beam for Flexure
2.1 Assumptions for Limit State of Collapse due to Flexure
2.2 Stress and Strain Diagram of SRRS
2.3 Equation ( No Derivation ) related to maximum depth of N.A- Xumax, Actual Depth of N.A- Xu , Limiting Moment of Resistance- Mulim , Actual Moment of Resistance- Mu , maximum % limiting steel – Ptlim as per IS 456-2000 & Design Aid SP-16
2.4 Balance Section, Under Reinforced Section, Over Reinforced Section
2.5 Minimum and Maximum steel in beam and in slab and clear cover as per IS 456-2000(Clause 26.4, 26.5, Table 16)
2.6 Design problem to find size of SRRS Beam and steel area for limit state Bending Moment
2.7 Numerical related to 1.6 to 1.9 using SP-16-Flexure Chart and Flexure Table.
2.8 Condition for Doubly Reinforced
Section
2.9 Equation stated in SP-16 for
D.R.S.
2.10 Conditions for the beam to act as
Tee
2.11 Beam.
2.12 Width of Flange as per IS 456-2000
(Clause 23.1.2) 2.13 Equation regarding Tee Beam
from IS 456-2000 (Annexure G).
2.14 Numerical to find Limiting Moment of Resistance of Tee Beam using equation of IS 456-2000 and using Flexure Table of SP-16 regarding Tee beam.
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 4
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-
topics
UNIT – III
Design of Slab
3.a Design Slab for
Spanning under Dead
Load & Live Load
3.b Design & Detail Cantilever Slab , One Way Simply Supported Slab , One Way Continuous Slab & Two Way Simply Supported Slab
3.1 Slab –Spanning in Shorter Span,
Steel
for Bending Moment, Distribution
Steel, Depth of Slab as per
Deflection, Effective span as per
IS 456-2000 (Clause 22.2), Dead
Load, Live Load on Slab, Shear
and Cracking in Slab.
3.2 Numerical to design and detail
Simply
Supported One Way Slab for
Bending
Moment , Shear , Deflection ,
Cracking
for the assigned Floor Finish &
Live
Load.
3.3 Numerical to design and detail
One Way Continuous Slab for
Bending Moment, Shear,
Deflection, Cracking for the
assigned Floor Finish & Live
Load using IS 456 -2000 B.M and
S.F
coefficients(Table 12 & 13)
3.4 Numerical to design and detail
Two Way Simply Supported Slab
with and without Torsion Steel for
Bending Moment, Shear,
Deflection, Cracking for the
assigned Floor Finish & Live
Load using IS 456 -2000 B.M
coefficients (Annexure D)***
Numerical in 2.1 to 2.4 , use of
SP-16 is permitted
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 5
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-
topics
UNIT – IV
Limit State of
Collapse: Shear
4a Design Stirrups for R.C Rectangular Beam
4b Apply shear requirements of IS 456-2000 to Designed Slab
4.1 Diagonal Tension Crack in Beam
due to Shear
4.2 Equation related to Limit State of
Collapse due to Shear as per IS
456-2000 (Clause 40).
4.3 IS 456-2000 clauses(26.5.1.5 &
1.6) related to Minimum and
Maximum Spacing of Stirrups ,
minimum shear reinforcement
4.4 Clauses (40.2) related to Limit State
of Collapse due to Shear for Slab in
IS 456-2000
4.5 Numerical to check the slab for
shear
UNIT – V
Limit State of
Serviceability
5a Apply Deflection clauses of IS 456-2000 to Slab & Beam
5b Apply Cracking clauses of IS 456-2000 to Slab & Beam
Apply Development Length clauses of Is 456-2000
5.1 Span to effective depth ratio, Modification factor for SRRS as
per IS 456-2000(Clause 23.2.1, 24.1) 5.2 Numerical to check Slab & Beam
for Deflection 5.3 Maximum and Minimum spacing
of Main steel and distribution steel in slab, Maximum and minimum spacing of bars in beam (Clause 26.3)
5.4 Numerical to check spacing of steel in slab for cracking
5.5 Equation to find Development Length of IS 456 -2000(Clause 26.2.1,)
5.6 Anchoring reinforcing bars in Tension and in Compression (Clause 26.2.2) Clauses related to Lap Length of Is 456-2000 (Clause 26.2.5.1)
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 6
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in cognitive domain)
Topics and Sub-
topics
UNIT – VI
Axially Loaded
Short Column
and Isolated
Footing
6a Analyse and Design axially Loaded Short Column
6b Design Isolated Slope and Pad Footing and provide reinforcement details of footing
6.1 Column , slenderness Limit for Short & Long Column , Minimum Eccentricity in column , condition for axially loaded column , equation for axially loaded short column of IS 456-2000(Clause 25 & 39.3).
6.2 Clauses(26.5.3.1, 26.5.3.2(C ,1-2)) of IS 456-2000 related to % compression steel , numbers of compression bars and its spacing, lateral ties – diameter and pitch.
6.3 SBC of Soil, Types of Footing like Isolated foundation, combined footing, raft Foundation, pile foundation.
6.4 Numerical to design & to detail Isolated Pad and Slope Foundation for assigned limit state compression load of column and SBC of soil for Bending Moment, One Way Shear, Punching or Double Shear, Load Transfer from Column to Footings (Clause 34).
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 7
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (THEORY)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Limit State Method 03 02 02 00 04
II Limit State of Collapse :
Flexure
16 04 06 12 22
III Design of Slab 08 02
04 08 14
IV Limit State of
Collapse: Shear
04 02 02 04 08
V Limit State of
Serviceability
03 02 02 02 06
VI Axially Loaded Short
Column and Isolated
Footing
08 02 06 08 16
Total 42 14 22 34 70
Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above Level (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy )
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL The practical should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different
types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able to
acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises for
guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes in psychomotor domain are listed as practical. However, if these
practical are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of certain outcomes
in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes related to
affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a common
list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes
in affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes.
Sr.
No.
Unit No. Practical/Exercise
(outcomes in psychomotor domain) Approx.
Hours
Required
1.
III
Draw One Way Simply Supported Slab in Plan and
in Longitudinal cross section along shorter spanwith
reinforcement and its bent up details in A2 Size
06
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 8
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
Drawing Sheet
2. III Draw One Way Continuous Slab in Plan and in
Longitudinal cross section having five equal spans with
reinforcement and its curtailment and its bent up details
in A2 Size Drawing Sheet
06
3. III Draw Two Way Simply Supported Slab with Torsion
Steelin Plan having longitudinal cross sections along
shorter and longer span with reinforcement , bent up bars
details in A2 Size Drawing Sheet
06
4. II,IV,VI 1. Draw Plan and Cross Section Elevation of RCC
Column having Isolated Slope Foundation with
reinforcement details.
2. Draw Longitudinal Cross Section Elevation and a
Section along Length of Doubly Reinforced Beam with
shear reinforcement
(Above two in A2 Size Drawing Sheet)
06
5. --- Prepare following sketches in sketch book:
1. Longitudinal and cross section elevation along
Length of Singly Reinforced Simply Supported
Beam
2. Longitudinal and cross section elevation along
Length of Cantilever Beam
3. Longitudinal and cross section elevation along
Length of Simply Supported Tee Beam
4. Plan & c/s elevation along shorter span of One Way
Simply Supported Slab
5. Plan & c/s elevation along shorter span& Longer
span of Two Way Simply Supported Slab without
torsion steel
6. Plan of Circular Slab with reinforcement
7. Column and Beam ductile connection
8. Column to Column Connection when size of Upper
column is reduced
9. Circular Water Tank with flexible joint
10. Cantilever Retaining Wall
11. Reinforcement details of Shear Wall
12. Reinforcement details of R C C Dome
13. Dog Legged Stair Case
12
6. --- Prepare design report having designs of First, Second,
Third & of Fourth Sheet.
12
7. -- Visit nearby residential and commercial construction and
prepare brief having sketches/photographs of site
including reinforcements, structure drawing of site,
concrete work etc.
08
Total Hours 56
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 9
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Visit a typical building/construction site and collect details of design.
ii. Collect typical photographs of building elements under different stage of
construction.
iii. Collect the Photographs/drawing sheets of reinforcement of Elevated Water
Tank
iv. Collect the Photographs /drawing sheets of typical staircases under construction
having reinforcement details
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If Any)
i. Site Visit must be arranged for Residential & Commercial Buildings to show
reinforcement, cutting and laying of reinforcement, professional structure detail
drawings
ii. Show video of concrete work being carried out in slab, beam, column and in
footings of different type and size.
iii. Arrange lecture of practicing structural engineers on complex issues related to
design.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. List of Books: Sr. Title of Books/standards Author Publication
1. ***IS-456 – 2000 ----- Bureau of Indian Standard
2. ***Design Aid – SP - 16 ----- Bureau of Indian Standard
3. R C C Detailing – SP - 34 ----- Bureau of Indian Standard
4. Ductile Detailing 13920 ----- Bureau of Indian Standard
5. Reinforced Concrete Dr. H J shah Charotar Publication
6. Limit State Design of
Reinforce Concrete
Dr. Punamiya, A K
Jain, Arun K Jain
Laxmi Publications
7. R C C design and drawing Neelam Sharma S K Kataria and Sons
8. Illustrated Reinforced Concrete
Design
Dr. V L Shah &S R
Karve
Structures Publication
9. Limit State Design of
Reinforced Concrete
Vaghrese P C PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
10. R C C Design & Drawing M I Ohri Tech India Publication Series
*** students are permitted to appear in theory & practical examination with these
standards (highlighted and under lined)
B. List of Major Equipment/Materials
i. Drawing Hall having Drawing Facilities
ii. Models of one way slab , two way slab, different types of columns and footings
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State 1
0
Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures Course Code: 3360601
C List of Software/Learning Websites
i. https://www.sefindia.org/
ii. www.slideshare.net/asif108/ iii. www.youtube.com/watch?v=2L1DTLV8bQk iv. www.nptel.ac.in v. www.civilengineersforum.com
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT
COMMITTEE Faculty Members from Polytechnics
Prof. B G Rajgor, H.O.D, App. Mech., BBIT, Vallabh Vidya Nagar
Prof. B G Bhankhar, H.O.D, App. Mech., Government Polytechnic, Ahmedabad
Prof. K K Patel, H.O.D, App. Mech., Government Polytechnic, Rajkot
Prof. C H Bhatt, Lecturer, App. Mech., Dr. S &S S Gandhi Engg. College, Surat
Prof(Ms.) Bhruguli Gandhi, Lecturer, Government Polytechnic for Girls,
Ahmedabad
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. M. C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering
Dr. K. K. Pathak, Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Construction Quality Control & Monitoring Course code: 3360602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL & MONITORING
(COURSE CODE: 3360602)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering/Transportation Engineering Sixth
1. RATIONALE
Developing countries like India where lots of infrastructure development is undergoing,
knowledge and understanding of quality control & monitoring in construction work is very
important in order to achieve good quality product within the stipulated time period. For any
civil construction work, day to day monitoring and inspection plays a very important role for
durable and sustainable structure. Good quality control and monitoring may increase lives of
civil structures by 40 to 50 years without much increase in cost of construction. Lots of
infrastructure development works are underway and construction resource materials are
depleting, under this circumstances, proper use of natural resources are very essential and
necessary. Therefore the study of green building concepts and quality control aspects are
essential for diploma students to perform their job, duties in the field efficiently and
effectively. This course is more important for diploma engineers since they work in the
supervisory capacity and in this capacity it is their main responsibility to ensure quality of
construction.
2. COMPETENCY The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills
in the students so that they are able to acquire following competency:
Control and monitor quality in civil construction works effectively and
efficiently.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)
The theory should be taught and exercises should be carried out in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Apply total quality management in civil construction.
ii. Check the quality in civil construction works.
iii. Identify the variations in quality of civil works.
iv. Use various standard codes in civil construction works.
v. Design energy efficient buildings.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (InHours)
TotalCredits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks PracticalMarks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Construction Quality Control & Monitoring Course code: 3360602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
Legends: L- Lecture- Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C Credit;
ESE-End Semester Examination; PA-Progressive Assessment.
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning
Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit-I
Total Quality
Management
(TQM) in
Construction
1a. Explain features of
TQM
1b. Apply various quality
checks.
1c. Distinguish between
quality control and
quality assurance.
1d. List precautions to be
taken for accurate
measurement
1.1 Concept of quality control, Quality
assurance, Quality management.
1.2 Aims of TQM
1.3 Development and design Concept of
TQM
1.4 Accuracy and precision in observation,
reading, calibration, testing,
measurements, recording of data and
information etc.
1.5 Accuracy in calculation, finding area,
volume, etc.
Unit-II
Construction
Quality
Control
Inspection
Program
2a. Describe various
aspects of QCIP.
2b. Explain QC
aspects of various
construction activities.
2c. List tests for
ensuring quality of
cement and bricks.
2d. List tests to ensure
the quality of concrete.
2e. List precautions to
be taken for ensuring
better quality of RCC.
2e. List dos and don’ts
for ensuring quality in
plumbing and drainage
work.
2.1 Duties, responsibilities, qualification of
staff in organization.
2.2 Checklists for
- Quality of Materials
- Masonry
- Plastering,
- Concrete construction- Batching,
Mixing, Transporting, Placing,
Compaction, Finishing, Curing
- Reinforcement Work
- Formwork
- Timber & steel construction,
- Doors & windows,
- Plumbing & drainage.
Construction Quality Control & Monitoring Course code: 3360602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit-III
Statistical
Quality
Control&
Monitoring
3a. Describe statistical
quality control
methods.
3b. Explain variables
and attributes related to
control charts.
3c. Explain SPC and its
importance
3d. Describe different
types of Attribute-
sampling plans.
3e. Explain acceptance
sampling.
3f. Interpret different
type of charts.
3.1 Statistical Quality Control
3.2 Quality Measurement:
Attributes and Variables
3.3 Statistical Process Control (SPC)
Methods
3.4 Control Charts for Attributes:
p-Charts - Proportion Defective
c-Charts - Number of Defects Per Unit
3.5 Control Charts for Variables
3.6 Other Types of Attribute-Sampling Plans
3.7 Acceptance Sampling
Unit-IV
Quality
Standards
4a.Use various quality
standard codes from its
application point of
views.
4b. List important
clauses with range of
acceptable parameters
related to quality of
cement, bricks, steel and
concrete as given in
quality standards.
4c. List important
provisions of Indian
standards about different
construction activities.
4d. Explain the main
features of ISO9000 and
ISO14000 standards.
4.1 Quality standards in construction related to
Building materials and other inputs for
construction processes.
4.2 Quality standards for Construction outputs,
products and services.
4.3 Indian Standard Code
(a) Methods of referring it
(b) Use of IS for quality references
4.4 National Building code (NBC 2005)
(a) Why to refer & How to refer
(b) Methods of referring it & application.
4.5 Study of International Organization for
Standardization (ISO)
(a) ISO-9000, ISO14000 & certification
procedures.
Construction Quality Control & Monitoring Course code: 3360602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
Unit-V
Sustainable
Built
Environment-
Green
Building
5a. Explain concepts and
goals of green building.
5b. Describe provisions
to be made for green
building.
5c. Describe provisions
to be made for energy
efficiency, material
efficiency, water
efficiency etc.
5d. Explain the concept
of siting and structure
design efficiency.
5d. Explain techniques
for waste reduction.
5e. Suggest methods for
enhancing indoor
environmental quality.
5.1 Green building –
5.2 Definition – Green Building, Green
Construction, Sustainable building
5.3 Goals of Green building
5.4 Advantages and disadvantages
5.5 Strategies
5.6 Certification Agencies – GRIHA, LEED
(Highlights & Criteria)
5.7 Life cycle assessment (LCA)
5.8 Siting and structure design efficiency
5.9 Energy efficiency
5.10 Water efficiency
5.11 Materials efficiency
5.12 Indoor environmental quality enhancement
5.13 Operations and maintenance optimization
5.14 Waste reduction
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS&MARKS (Theory)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Total Quality Management (TQM) in Construction
7 4 3 4 11
II Construction Quality
Control Inspection Program 10 6 6 5 17
III Statistical Quality Control & Monitoring
10 6 6 5 17
IV Quality Standards 8 6 4 4 14
V Sustainable Built
Environment- Green Building
7 4 3 4 11
Total 42 26 22 22 70
Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above Level (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The
actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
Construction Quality Control & Monitoring Course code: 3360602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are
able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises
for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes mainly in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of
Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be
assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in
affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes.
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES i. Visit the Civil Material Testing lab & prepare a report on material testing.
ii. Visit ongoing construction site & prepare a report on quality checks.
iii. Prepare a list showing various codes used in civil construction activity.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If Any)
i. Arrange site visit to a large construction project and discuss different quality control and
monitoring measures being employed.
ii. Show video films on testing of different materials
iii. Arrange expert lectures of reputed contractors/builders/Engineers of Civil departments
on quality control issues.
iv. Present case studies of failures in construction projects due to quality problems.
Sr. No.
Unit No.
Practical/Exercises
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx. Hours
Required
1
I
Prepare Charts highlighting important features of TQM as applicable to construction.
6
2 II Prepare various construction check lists for processes as well as for material quality 8
3 III Solve 8 examples related to statistical quality control and statistical process control 6
4 IV
Prepare charts of important clauses of of NBC & ISO 4
5 V Visit nearby Green Building & make a visit report comparing it with non-green building 4
Construction Quality Control & Monitoring Course code: 3360602
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. BOOKS:
No. TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
1 Total Quality Management G.Kanji Springer Science & Business
Media
2 Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement
Amitva Mitra Wiley India Private Limited
3 Manual on Quality Control -- Gujarat Engineering Research
Institute
4 Ambuja Technical Literature
Series -- Ambuja Cements
5 National Building Code, ISO 9000/14000 and other standards
B. Learning Website:
i. www.nptel.ac.in
ii. http://ndrfandcd.gov.in/Cms/NATIONALBUILDINGCODE.aspx
iii. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Green_building_in_India
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculties from Polytechnics, Gujarat
Prof. V. K. Shah, H.O.D., Civil Engg. Deptt., Dr. S. & S.S. Gandhy Engg.
College, Surat.
Prof. Krishnaraj A. Khatri, Lecturer in Civil Engg. Deptt. B.V.P.I.T. (D.S.),
Umrakh, Bardoli.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. M. C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering.
Prof. K. K. Pathak, Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering.
Construction Project Management Course code: 3360603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(COURSE CODE: 3360603)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering/Transportation Engineering Sixth
1. RATIONALE:
Project management skills are important for overall planning, coordination, and control of a project
from commencement to accomplishment of the project efficiently and effectively. The awareness
of various project management techniques is very essential to ensure that construction projects are
completed within time and budget which is a biggest challenge. For this to achieve project
management team has to manage various resources with the objective to complete the construction
project with predetermine scope, cost, time and quality, and the constraints imposed on human
material and financial resources. This course is therefore designed in such a way that after learning
this course the students will be able to plan, organise and control construction operations by using
various management techniques and software. Thus students would be able to complete the project
in time & budget and as per desired quality. This course is therefore very important course for
diploma holders in civil engineering since they have to manage construction projects on their own.
2. COMPETENCY:
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required skills in
the students so that they are able to acquire following competency:
Manage various resources and activities, effectively and efficiently using appropriate
techniques and software to complete the construction project within time and budget
according to desired quality.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)
The theory should be taught and exercises should be carried out in such a manner that students are
able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to
demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Describe construction management functions, various organisation structures and duties
of various construction team.
ii. Explain tendering and accounting process.
iii. Develop the CPM and PERT network of various construction activities.
iv. Show leadership skills required to manage various construction resources and achieve
targets.
v. Show professional ethics and concern for safety during various construction works.
vi. Use management information system.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Construction Project Management Course code: 3360603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours) Total Credits
(L+T+P) Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L- Lecture; T- Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C –Credit;
ESE-End Semester Examination; PA-Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit
Major Learning Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
UNIT-I
Construction
Project and
Organisation
Management
1a.Describe concept of project management. 1b.Draw the flow chart of an organisation. 1c. Explain the roleof different Construction teammembers. 1d. Describe the causes of project failure.
1.1 Construction Project management-
importance, Functions, Scope.
1.2 Organisation-Types, Characteristics,
Functions, principles.
1.3 Construction team-Roles,
responsibilities
and skills of construction team.
1.4 Stages in Construction.
1.5 Causes of Project failure.
UNIT-II
Tendering and
Accounting
2a. Explain various features of Contract document.
2b. Prepare a Tender document for the construction project.
2c. Explain various technical and accounting terms used in government organisations.
2d. Describe methods of execution of works in government organisations.
2.1Contract-Introduction, requirement,
types.
2.2Contract documents and conditions of
Contract, Contract agreement.
2.3Per-qualification of Contract- Importance.
2.4 Tender-Types, Terms and Conditions,
issue
procedure, opening, Scrutiny, Acceptance,
Rejecting.
2.5 Prepare tender Notice.
2.6Technical terms- Administrative
approval, Technical Sanction, Issue
rate,
Competent Authority, Secured
Advance,
Mobilization Advance, Heads of
accounts
in government organization, Original
and
repair work, Earnest money deposit
(EMD) and Securitydeposit(SD),
2.7Accounting terms- Work Abstract, Cash
book, Work resister, imprest,
accounting for the materials,
Construction Project Management Course code: 3360603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Measurement book, Muster roll, types
of bills and recording.
2.8 Methods of getting work done in
government organization.
UNIT-III
Construction
Planning,
Scheduling and
Time
Management
3a.Describe various planning methods for construction works.
3b. Prepare Construction schedule.
3c. Draw CPM and PERT network for construction work.
3d. Describe the features of construction planning software.
3.1 Project Planning-methods and factors
affecting planning.
3.2 Scheduling and types of Schedules.
3.3 Critical path method-Important terms,
Basic
Rules, Advantages and disadvantages.
3.4 Examples of CPM network..
3.5 PERT analysis-Important terms,
Advantages and Disadvantages
3.6 Examples on PERT.
3.7 Cost optimization.
3.8Introduction and importance of
Primavera
and MS Project for Construction Project
Management.
UNIT-IV
Construction Resource Management
4a.Describe features of material, labour and equipment management.
4b. Prepare Job layout. 4c. Proper material, labour and
equipment schedule.
4.1 Material management-Purpose,
Objective,
material Scheduling, material
handling, Storage, safety precautions,
Economy Order Quantity, inspection and
testing.
4.2 Job Layout.
4.3 Labour management-Labour
Scheduling,
Characteristics, Outputof labours, Wages
of Workers, Labour Incentives, Labour
Welfare, Trade Unions, Trade union act-
1926, Mini Wage act-1948, Contract
labour act-1970,etc
4.4 Equipment management- equipment
Scheduling, Classification of various
equipment, Factor affecting selection of
construction Equipment, Owning &
operating cost of equipment, Inspection
& testing of equipment, Maintenance &
repair of equipment.
Construction Project Management Course code: 3360603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
UNIT-V
Human Resource development (HRD)& MIS
5a. Explain Supervisor’s role in
Construction work.
5b.Expaline MIS with example.
5.1Importance of HRD.
5.2Supervisor’s role as trainer & Motivator.
5.3Techniques to deal human resources
effectively.
5.4 Professional Ethics in Engineering.
55Management Information System-
Purpose,
need, Types, Characteristics,
Implementation and Applications.
UNIT-VI
Safety
Management
6a.Explain need of safety
management in Construction.
6b.Discribe Safety measures in
Construction as per IS code.
6.1Safety management-requirement,
importance.
6.2Causes of accidents and its type.
6.3 Safety precaution-Excavation work,
Demolition, Erection.
6.4 Safety measures- Scaffolding, Ladder,
Piling, Bituminous works.
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS&MARKS (Theory)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Introduction of Construction Project
Management
6 04 04 02 10
II Tendering and Accounting 10 02 06 08 16
III
Construction Planning, Scheduling and Time Management
10 04 06 06 16
IV Construction Resource Management
6 04 04 04 12
V Human Resource
Development and MIS 6 02 04 04 10
VI Safety Management 04 02 02 02 06
Total 42 18 26 26 70
Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above level (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers.
The actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table.
Construction Project Management Course code: 3360603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop different
types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are able to acquire the
competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes mainly in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises. However, if
these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to development of certain
outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of Course Outcomes related to
affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes (as given in a common list at the
beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in affective
domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course Outcomes.
S.
No.
Unit
No.
Practical/Exercise
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx.
Hours
Require
d 1. I List the reasons of project failure from a given case study. 2
2. I Study given tender documents and formulate report containing
terms and conditions. 2
3. II
Study given contract document & analysis its strengths
and weaknesses. (Given contraction documents should
be comprehensive covering all terms and conditions).
4
4. II Prepare tender notice for given construction work. 2
5. II Prepare at least two Bar Charts and prepare CPM and PERT
for Project scheduling for given project data. 6
6. III Prepare material and labour schedule for given project data. 2
7. IV Prepare equipment schedule by using MS Project for given
project data. 2
8. IV Study different labour laws applicable for construction project
and prepare a report. 2
9. ALL Prepare a presentation on relevant topic and present in a seminar 6
Total Hours 28
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Visit to nearby ongoing residential construction site and study management aspect.
ii. Visit to PWD office and Draw Organisation structure.
iii. Visit to PMC.
iv. Visit to construction firm office and discuss for understanding of its accounting
Construction Project Management Course code: 3360603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
procedure, material purchasing and material handling techniques.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If Any)
i. Show CPM/PERT chart of real Construction Project
ii. Show Bar Chart of real Construction Project
iii. Show Schedule of rate book of PWD/CPWD
iv. Show tender document of a construction project and ask students to analyse it.
v. Arrange site visit to office of a large construction firm
vi. Show video films of construction Project
vii. Demonstrate Construction planning software MS
Project/Primavera etc.
viii. Arrange expert lectures of reputed contractors/builders/ Engineers
of Civil departments on management issues.
ix. Present case studies of success and failures in construction
projects and ask students to analyse and comment on them.
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. Books:
No. Title Author Publisher
1 Construction Project Management K.K.Chitkara Tata McGraw-Hill
2 Project Planning and Controlling with PERT And CPM
Dr. B.C.Punmia K.K.Khandelwal
Laxmi Publications (P)Ltd.
3 Construction Management and accounts
Harpalsingh Tata McGraw-Hill
4 Construction of Structures and Management work
S.C.Rangwala Charotar Publication
5 Construction Management practice V.K.Raina Tata McGraw-Hill
6 Construction Equipment and its Management
S.C.Sharma Khanna Publication
7 Construction Planning and Management
P.S.Gahlot B.M.Dhir
Willey Eastern Ltd
8 Construction Engineering and Management
Seetharaman.S Umesh Publication
Construction Project Management Course code: 3360603
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
7
B. List of Recommended I.S. Publications:
IS 4082:1996 Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials and
components at site
IS 7293:1974 Safety code for working with construction machinery
IS 7969:1975 Safety code for handling and storage of building materials
IS 10067:1982 Material constants in building works
IS 15883-
1:2009 Construction project management - Guidelines, Part 1: General
IS 15883-
2:2013 Construction project management - Guidelines, Part 2: Time Management
IS 3764:1996 Excavation
IS 4130:1976 Demolition of Building
IS 7205:1974 Erection of steel Structure.
IS 8969:1978 Erection of Concrete Framed Structure.
C. List of Software/Learning Websites
i. Primavera P6b
ii. MS Project
iii. www.slideshare.net
iv. www.civil.iitm.ac.in
11. COURSE CURRICULUMDEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculties from Polytechnics, Gujarat
Prof. Bhavesh V. Modi, Principal B.V.P.I.T. (D.S.), Umrakh, Bardoli.
Prof. Neetu B. Yadav, Lecturer in Civil Engg. Deptt. B.V.P.I.T. (D.S.), Umrakh,
Bardoli.
Prof. V.K. Shah, Head of civil Engg. Deptt, Dr. S& S Gandhi Collage, Surat.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. J. P. Tegar, Professor & Head, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering.
Prof. M.C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering.
Building Services Course code: 3360604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: BUILDING SERVICES
(COURSE CODE: 3360604)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering
Sixth
1. RATIONALE
Building services are the essential services provided in the buildings for improving
functioning of the buildings in efficient manner for the desired use of the building. The
electrical services, mechanical services such as air conditioning, lighting, ventilation, fire
protection, acoustics and sound insulations, elevators, escalators, as well as civil engineering
services such as water supply, sanitary services, etc. have become most essential services for
residential, industrial, high rise, hotels, motels, monumental buildings.
No building can be put into effective utilisation without all these services. In present scenario
the eco friendly designs like green building, grey water management etc. are on demand. The
new advanced construction is adopted by creators, engineers, architect, designer and interiors.
It is therefore necessary for civil engineering students to understand the basic principles,
installations, operations and maintenance of building services.
This course attempts to teach students about these services. However, services such as
plumbing as well as sanitary services have been already taught in the course of ‘Water Supply
and Sanitary Engineering’ in fifth semester and hence those are not included in this course..
2. COMPETENCIES
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required
skills in the students so that they are able to acquire following competencies:
Plan various types of services required for different types of buildings.
Supervise installation and testing of services such as lift, fire protection,
elevators, escalators, acoustic and sound insulations, lightings, air conditioning
and allied services.
3. COURSE OUTCOMES (COs):
The theory should be taught and exercises should be carried out in such a manner that
students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
i. Manage building services provisions in big construction sites.
ii. Synchronize the construction activities with installation of building services.
Building Services Course code: 3360604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
2
iii. Select the suitable electrical as well mechanical services for particular
requirements of buildings.
iv. Ensure green building applications to the new constructions.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme
(In Hours)
Total Credits
(L+T+P)
Examination Scheme
Theory Marks Practical Marks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends: L - Lecture; T - Tutorial/Teacher Guided Student Activity; P - Practical; C -
Credit; ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – I
Introduction to
Building
Services
1a. Describe basics of
building services.
1b. Apply various types of
services as per needs of
building.
1c Apply Lighting and
Ventilation provisions
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Objective and uses of services
1.3 Applications of services for different
types building considering
1.4 Classification of building services
1.5 Types of services and selection of
services
1.6 Natural and artificial lighting-
principles and factors
1.7 Arrangement of luminaries,
Distribution of illumination,
Utilization factors
1.8 Necessity of Ventilation
Types – Natural and Mechanical
Factors to be considered in the design
of Ventilation
Unit – II
Electrical
Services and
Layout
2a. Prepare electrical
services requirement and
Layout of a given
building
2.1 electrical services in the building
Technical terms and symbols for
electrical installations and Accessories
of wiring
2.2 Systems of wiring like wooden casing,
cleat wiring, CTS wiring conduit
wiring
2.3 Types of insulation
2.4 electrical layout for residence, small
work shop, show room, school
building, etc.
Building Services Course code: 3360604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
3
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Unit – III
Mechanical
Services in
Buildings
3a. Identify the services like
lift, elevators, conveyors
and escalators, etc.
3b. Plan various types of
mechanical services as
per requirements of
building
3c. Select the right type of
air conditioning and the
position of air
conditioning
3.1 Introduction of mechanical services
3.2 Lift
3.2 (a) Definition, Types of Lifts,
Design Considerations, Location,
Sizes, Component parts- Lift
Well, Travel, Pit, Hoist
Way, Machine, Buffer, Door Locks,
Suspended Rope, Lift Car, Landing
Door, Call Indicators, Call Push
3.3 Elevators & Escalators
3.3 (a) Different types of elevators and
Escalators, Freight elevators, Passenger
elevators, Hospital elevators,
3.3 (b) Uses of different types of
elevators Escalators.
3.4 Dumbwaiters
3.4 (a) Different types of Dumbwaiters
3.4 (b) Uses of different types of
Dumbwaiter.
3.5 Conveyors
3.5(a) Different types of Conveyors
3.5(b) Uses of different types of
Conveyors
3.7 Air Conditioning
3.7(a) Definition, Purpose, Principles,
Temperature Control, Air Velocity
Control, Humidity Control, Air
Distribution system, Cleaners, Filters,
Spray washers, Electric preceptors,
3.7(b) Types of Air Conditioners,
(Central type, Window Type, Split Unit)
Unit – IV
Fire Protection,
Acoustic and
Sound
Insulations
4a. Identify the services of
Fire
4b. Apply various types of
fire services as per
requirements of building
4c. Select the suitable type
of Fire protection.
4d Provide Acoustic and
sound insulation as per
needs
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Causes of fire and Effect s of fire
4.3 General Requirements of Fire Resisting
building as per IS and NBC 2005
4.4 Characteristics of Fire resisting
materials
4.5 Maximum Travel Distance
4.6 Fire Fighting Installations for Horizontal
Exit, Roof Exit / Fire Lifts, External
Stairs
4.7 Requirement of good Acoustic
4.8 Various sound absolvent
4.9 Factors to be followed for noise control
in
residential building
Unit – V
Miscellaneous
Services and
5a. Plan for Rain Water
Harvesting in the new
buildings
5.1 Rain water Harvesting for buildings
5.2 Concept of GREEN buildings
5.3 Components of GREEN building.
Building Services Course code: 3360604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
4
Unit Major Learning Outcomes Topics and Sub-topics
Green
Buildings
Provisions
5b. Apply Green Building
technology aspects
5.4 Introduction and Significance to Grey
water
5.6 Components of Grey water system
5.7 Management of Grey water system
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS (Theory)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution of Theory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Introduction to
Building Services
8 2 4 4 10
II
Electrical Services
and Layout
10 4 8 8 20
III Mechanical
Services in
buildings
10 4 8 8 20
IV Fire Protection,
Acoustic and Sound
Insulations
8 2 4 4 10
V
Miscellaneous
Services and Green
Buildings
Provisions
6 2 4 4 10
Total 42 14 28 28 70
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES
The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are
able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises
for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes mainly in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of
Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme
Outcomes (as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this
programme) would be assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in
affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes.
Building Services Course code: 3360604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
5
Sr.
No. Unit No.
Practical/Exercise
(outcomes in psychomotor domain)
Approx.
Hours
Required
1 II Prepare electrical layout plan for given building 02
2 V Prepare rain water harvesting layout plan for a building 02
Assignment
3 III Prepare Lift standards as per norms 02
4 IV Suggest noise control methods for a given commercial
complex
02
5 IV Prepare a plan for fire safety measures for a given multi story
building
02
6 IV Prepare Lighting plan for a commercial complex 02
7 III Identify proper locations for Lift/ Escalator/ Elevator in a
given commercial complex
02
8 V Prepare a grey water management for a residential complex. 02
Site Visit (Any one)
9 I to V Visit a residential building & commercial building under
construction and prepare layout for electrical, water supply,
sanitary and related allied services of civil engineering and
prepare site visit detailed report
04
Case Study
10 IV Prepare a case study for the fire fighting services for
commercial building in the nearby area.
04
Seminar
11 I to V Topic of seminar shall be given to a group of students not
more than three . The students are required to submit and
present / defended the seminar in the presence of students and
teachers and the report including power point presentation to
be attached with submission
04
Total 28
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Prepare journal based on site visit, case study as well as on seminar.
ii. Assignments based on the Units topics.
iii. Prepare chart displaying various kinds of building services.
iv. Prepare schematic diagram for various types of services.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (if any):
i. Arrange expert lectures on different building services.
ii. Discuss case studies of fire in multistoried buildings and lessons learnt from those
experiences.
iii. Arrange site visits to building complexes under construction to show different
buildings services being installed.
iv. Show video films/photographs etc. related to different building services.
v. Ask students to explore the internet and present in seminar about latest trends in
different building services and green building concepts.
Building Services Course code: 3360604
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
6
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
(A) List of Books:
S.
No.
Title of Books Author Publication
1 A text book on Building
Services
R. Udaykumar Eswar Press, Chennai
2 Building Services S. M. Patil Seema Publication,
Mumbai Revised
edition
3 National Building Code of
India - 2005
Bureau of Indian
Standards
BIS, New Delhi
4 Building Construction Dr. B. C. Punmia Laxmi Publications
(P) Ltd., New Delhi
5 Building Construction P. C. Varghese PHI Learning (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi
6 Building repair and
Maintenance Management
P. S. Gahlot CBS Publishers &
Distribution(P) Ltd.
7 Green building
(B) List of Major Equipment/Materials
-----Nil----
(C) List of Software/Learning Websites
www.academia.edu
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
"http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Dumbwaiter_(elevator)&oldid=621761813"
Categories:
www.bis.org.in/sf/nbc.htm
cpwd.gov.in/Units/handbook.pdf
http://www.civilengineeringnews.tk/2014/07/methods-of-demolition-of-building.html
thecontractor.org
11. COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
1. Prof. A. K. Popat, Lecturer in Civil Engineering , Government Polytechnic, Dahod
2. Prof. P. D. Gohil, Lecturer in Civil Engineering , Sir B P T I , Bhavnagar
3. Prof. H. K. Rana, Lecturer in Civil Engineering , Government Polytechnic, Valsad
4. Prof. D K Parmar , Lecturer in APP. Mech. , B & B Institute of Tech. , V V Nagar
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. J. P. Tegar, Professor & Head, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering.
Prof. M.C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Department of Civil and
Environmental Engineering.
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
1
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: MAINTENANCE & REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
(COURSE CODE: 3360605)
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semesterinwhich offered
Civil Engineering Sixth
1. RATIONALE
Maintenance of a building is the work done for keeping an existing building in a condition
where it can continue to perform its intended functions. Proper maintenance not only
improves functional and aesthetic value but also extends the life of building/structure and
ensures safety of the users. Normally constructed building remains in a good shape for only
for 40 to 50 years and starts deteriorating if not maintained properly. Inadequate
maintenance and lack of repair works may lead to limited life span of buildings. However,
with regular inspection and maintenance that enable timely identification of deteriorated
elements and appropriate remedial measures, the life of normally constructed
buildings/structures may be extended up to 100 years.
Most of the modern buildings constructed in India are now becoming old as they have
reached the age beyond 40 years and needs maintenance. Thus there is a great demand and
employment potential in this area. This course is therefore introduced in the curriculum so
that students can also develop competence in this area. The course deals with the
maintenance of buildings, concrete repair chemicals, special materials used for repair and
repair of various parts of a building, strengthening of reinforced concrete members by
shoring, underpinning, plate bonding, RC jacketing, control on termites and fungus in
buildings, etc.
Knowledge and skills gained through this course may also prove helpful in upkeep and
preservation of historical monuments. Thus this course is an important course for civil
engineers.
2. COMPETENCY The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop required
skills in the students so that students are able to acquire following competencies:
Carry out preventive and corrective maintenance to improve aesthetic and
functional value of existing civil structures and to extend their life.
3. COURSE OUTCOME (COs):
The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that
students are able to acquire required learning out comes in cognitive, psychomotor and
affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
Assess the health condition of structures.
Inspect and evaluate damage structures.
Test the assess the condition of properties of existing concrete structures.
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
2
Implement the techniques for repairing of concrete structures.
Dismantle and demolish structures which cannot be repaired in an
environment friendly, with maximum saving of materials and in a safe
way.
4. TEACHINGAND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme (In Hours)
TotalCredits (L+T+P)
Examination Scheme Theory Marks PracticalMarks Total
Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
150 3 0 2 5 70 30 20 30
Legends:L- Lecture;T- Tutorial/TeacherGuidedStudentActivity;P - Practical; C –Credit;
ESE-End Semester Examination; PA-Progressive Assessment
5. COURSE CONTENT DETAILS
Unit Major LearningOutcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
Unit-I
Maintenance of
Buildings
1.1 Explain the requirement of Maintenance in building. 1.2 Explain various types of
maintenance in building. 1.3 Assess the quality aspects
of existing building.
1.1 Introduction 1.2 Importance of maintenance 1.3 Types of maintenance
- daily, weekly, monthly, Annually
1.4 General Maintenance - Painting of Buildings - Home Electricity System - House plumbing and sanitary
system
Unit-Ii Repair Strategies
2.1 Explain distress diagnostic techniques
2.2 Carry out inspection and evaluation of damaged structure.
2.1 Causes of distress in structures 2.2 Construction and design failures 2.3 Condition assessment and
distress-diagnostic techniques 2.4 Inspection and evaluating
damaged structure.
Unit-Iii
Durability and
Serviceability of
Concrete
3.1 Explain concrete properties required for construction work.
3.2 Explain weather effect on structure.
3.1 Quality assurance for concrete construction based on concrete properties like
(a) strength (b) Permeability (c ) Thermal properties (d) cracking 3.2 Effects due to (a) climate (b) temperature (c ) chemicals (d) corrosion 3.3 Design and construction errors 3.4 Effects of cover and cracks
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
3
UNIT-IV
Materials and
Techniques For
Repair
4.1 Identify materials for repair in
building.
4.2 Explain techniques for
Repairs.
4.1 Materials for Repair - Special concretes and mortar - concrete chemicals - construction chemicals - Expansive cement - polymer concrete - sulphur infiltrated concrete - Ferro cement - Fibre reinforced concrete - Rust eliminators and polymers
coating for rebars - foamed concrete - dry pack - vacuum concrete - asphalt sheeting 4.2 Techniques for Repairs -Gunniting, grouting and
Shotcrete - Epoxy injection - Mortar-repair for cracks
Unit Major Learning Outcomes
(in Cognitive Domain)
Topics and Sub-topics
- Jacketing - shoring and underpinning - Methods of corrosion
protection (a) corrosion inhibitors (b) corrosion resistant steels (c ) coating and cathodic
protection
UNIT-V
Repair,
Retrofitting and
Rehabilitation
5.1 Explain the Repair work of various component in existing masonry building
5.2 Explain the Repair work of various component in existing concrete structure
5.3 Discuss principles of Retrofitting and Rehabilitation.
5.1 Repair of
- stone, brick and block masonry
(Cracks, dampness,
efflorescence, joint separation,
etc.)
- Flooring
- Roofs (sloping, flat, pitched,
etc.)
- Concrete members due to
(i) Steel Corrosion
(ii) Lack of Bond
(iii) shear, tension, torsion,
compression
failure
- Rainwater Leakage in Buildings
- Leakage in Basement, toilet area
5.4 Control on Termites (White
Ants) in Buildings
5.5 Fungus Decay of wood works
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
4
6. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION TABLE WITH HOURS & MARKS(Theory)
Unit Unit Title
Teaching
Hours
Distribution ofTheory Marks
R
Level
U
Level
A
Level
Total
Marks
I Maintenance of Buildings 05 3 2 2 7
II Repair Strategies 04 2 3 2 7
in Buildings
5.6 Estimation of Repair and
retrofitting.
UNIT-VI Demolition and
Dismantling
Techniques
6.1 Explain demolition techniques for structures.
6.2 Enlist safety measures to be followed during demolition.
6.3 Explain care to be taken in dismantling of buildings so that maximum resale value material is generated.
6.1 Define: Demolition
6.2 Demolition techniques
· (a) Non Engineering Demolition
o - Manual Demolition
· (b) Engineering Demolition
- Mechanical Method
1. (i) Wrecking Ball Method
2. (ii) Pusher Arm technique
3. (iii) Thermic Lance Technique
4. (iv) Non – Explosive Demolition
5. (v) Concrete Sawing Method
6. (vi) Deliberate Collapse Method
7. (vii) Pressure Jetting
o - Implosion
- Deconstruction Method 6.4 Safety measures during
demolition operation 6.5 Dismantling of buildings and reuse of materials/fittings from environmental and financial point of view.
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
5
III Durability and Serviceability
of Concrete
06 3 4 3 10
IV Materials and Techniques for
Repair
10 4 6 8 18
V Repair, Retrofitting and Rehabilitation
10 5 5 8 18
VI Demolition and Dismantling
Techniques
07 3 3 4 10
Total 42 20 23 27 70
Legends: R = Remember, U = Understand, A= Apply and above Level (Bloom’s revised
taxonomy)
Note: This specification table shall be treated as a general guideline for students and teachers. The
actual distribution of marks in the question paper may vary slightly from above table
7. SUGGESTED LIST OF EXERCISES/PRACTICAL The practical/exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt to develop
different types of skills (outcomes in psychomotor and affective domain) so that students are
able to acquire the competencies/programme outcomes. Following is the list of practical exercises
for guidance.
Note: Here only outcomes mainly in psychomotor domain are listed as practical/exercises.
However, if these practical/exercises are completed appropriately, they would also lead to
development of certain outcomes in affective domain which would in turn lead to development of
Course Outcomes related to affective domain. Thus over all development of Programme Outcomes
(as given in a common list at the beginning of curriculum document for this programme) would be
assured.
Faculty should refer to that common list and should ensure that students also acquire outcomes in
affective domain which are required for overall achievement of Programme Outcomes/Course
Outcomes.
S. No. Unit No. Practical/Exercise
(outcomes in psychomotor domain) Approx.
Hours
Required
1 I Prepare a report on (based on internet search)
a.Importance of Maintenance.
b. Various routine maintenance works in building
02
2 II Prepare a report on (based on internet search)
a.Causes of distress in structures
b.Points to be taken care of during inspection and
evaluation of damaged structure
02
3 IV and V Prepare sketches of equipment/tools for repair
works. (Based on internet search and site visits)
06
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
6
4 I and II Study the maintenance of a nearby building/civil
structure being carried out (or carried out recently)
and prepare a case study on it including financial
aspects. (this may includes study of maintenance of
cracks)
04
5 VI Study the Demolition/dismantling work of a nearby
building/civil structure being carried out (or carried
out recently) and prepare a case study on it
(including financial aspects and resale value of
materials obtained in dismantling).
04
6 V Study the guide lines of the Municipal Corporation
or R& B department, BIS standards etc regarding
declaring buildings/structures unsafe for living/use
and based on this identify buildings/structures if
any in your locality and prepare a case study on it.
OR
Study the preservation work of a historical building
being carried out by Archaeological department in
nearby location and prepare a report on it.
04
7 All Seminar (Present case studies and reports prepared
in above practicals in seminar type situation)
6
Total Hours
28
8. SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
i. Visit, inspect and evaluate damaged structures and give suggestion about repair
techniques.(in a group of 3 to 4)
ii. Prepare estimate for repair the damaged structure visited.
iii. Take photographs of site visit
iv. Each group may prepare a report and give seminar with Power Point
Presentation.
9. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES ( If Any )
i. Show videos of latest repairing techniques.
ii. Show videos of Dismantling/Demolition of civil engineering structures.
iii. Arrange expert lectures of engineers involved in demolition/dismantling and/or
repair/retrofitting of old structures or/and historical monuments.
iv. Show video film or discuss the case of a civil structure which is shifted from one place
to another due to need of construction of roads, dams etc. at original position of that
structure.
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
7
10. SUGGESTED LEARNING RESOURCES
A. BOOKS :
B. LIST OF RECOMMENDED I.S. PUBLICATIONS:
i.SP:25 Causes, Prevention and Remedies of Cracks in Building
ii.National Building Code of India 2005
C. List of Major Equipment/Materials
i.Crack Gauge and Crack Monitor
ii.Damp meter
D List of Software/Learning Websites
i. www.bis.org.in/sf/nbc.htm
No. TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
1. Maintenance & Repair Of
Civil Structures B .L.Gupta STANDARD
PUBLICATIONS-
DELHI 2. Maintenance, Repair &
Rehabilitation and Minor
Works of Buildings
P. C. Varghese PHI
3. Concrete Structures,
Materials, Maintenance and
Repair
Denison Campbell,
Allen and Harold
Roper
Materials,
Maintenance and
Repair 4. Building Repair and
Maintenance Management
P. S. Gahlot CBS Publishers and
Distributors Pvt Ltd.
5. Building Construction Dr. B. C. punamia Laxmi Publications,
New Delhi
6. Repair of Concrete
structures
R.T.Allen and
S.C.Edwards
Blakie and Sons, UK
7. Handbook on Repairs and Rehabilitation of Structures
CPWD,Delhi
8. Maintenance of Buildings A.C. Panchdhari New Age Internationsl Publications, Chennai 9. Concrete Technology-
Theory and Practice M.S.Shetty S.Chand and
Compony,New Delhi
10. Training Course notes on Damage Assessment and Repairs in Low Cost Housing
Santhakumar , A. R. RHDC –NBO Anna University
(July 1992)
11. Learning from failures-Deficiencies in design, Construction and Service
Raikar R. R & D centre (SDCPL) ,Raikar Bhavan,
Bombay
Maintenance & Rehabilitation of Structures Course code: 3360605
GTU/NITTTR/Bhopal/14-15 GujaratState
8
ii. cpwd.gov.in/Units/handbook.pdf
iii. http://www.civilengineeringnews.tk/2014/07/methods-of-demolition-of-
building.html
iv. thecontractor.org
11. COURSE CURRICULUMDEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
FACULTIES FROM POLYTECHNICS, GUJARAT
Prof. S. M. Mistry, H.O.D. Civil Engg Dept., Dr. S& S.S. Ghandhy College of Engg
and Tech, Surat
Prof. V. K. Shah, H.O.D. Civil Engg Dept., Dr. S& S.S. Ghandhy College of Engg
and Tech, Surat
Prof. H. K. Rana, Lecturer, Governemnt Polytechnic, Valsad
Prof. D K PARMAR , Lecturer , Applied Mechanics , B & B Institute of Technology,
V. V. Nagar.
Coordinator and Faculty Members from NITTTR Bhopal
Prof. M. C. Paliwal, Associate Professor, Department of Civil and Environmental
Engineering.
Prof. Shashi Kant Gupta, Professor and Coordinator for State of Gujarat.
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
GUJARAT TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT
COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE TITLE: PROJECT-II
COURSE CODE: 3360613
Diploma Programme in which this course is offered Semester in which offered
Civil Engineering SIXTH 1. RATIONALE
One of the important criteria of “Project” is to develop the ability of “learning to Learn” on its own. This would go a long way helping the students in keeping pace with future changes in technology and in the acquisition of knowledge and skills as and when needed. The course of the “Project” is designed with an aim to all these requirements of the students. This will include planning of the Programme, which must be completed within the time allocated. The Project should never have a single solution and process of arriving at a particular solution, the student must be required to make number of decisions after study information as he has gathered from experiments, surveys, analysis etc. The Project is also included with Seminar with the aim to develop certain set communication skills (preparation of report, writing survey report writing lab. experiment results writing conclusions of the work done and physical phenomenon observed, participating in group discussions, verbally defending the project in the form of Seminar etc.) The curricula for each course make specific mention of some of the major aims and objectives of the programme as a whole, these should be assigned due importance in the planning of teaching methodologies, The programme aims at developing in the student, knowledge and skills to match the current and projected needs of industry/ user systems, social awareness and professional attitudes. In relation to the course and topics to be taught, the student will have to constantly update himself and keep pace with the changing technologies and the current and projected needs of user systems. Another important aspect is the development of the attitude of enquiry, the inculcation of sound study and work habits, side by side with the development of the overall personality as well as positive attitudes.
2. COMPETENCY
The course content should be taught and implemented with the aim to develop different types of skills so that students are able to acquire following competencies: 1 To develop of inquisitive rush, innovative skill and confidence to
work independently 2. To participate effectively in group work
3. To collect relevant data
4. To plan and organize the work
5. To analyse and synthesise the data
6. To relate knowledge various courses in lacking a live problem
7. To make appropriate decision 8. To conduct a survey and investigation
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
9. To solve industry problems
10. To develop ability during field project work
11. To develop cost consideration
12. To design the components on broad lines
13. To prepare a drawings and plans for works
14. To assess the financial implication and feasibility of the scheme
15. To prepare the technical reports
3. COURSE OUTCOMES The theory should be taught and practical should be carried out in such a manner that students are able to acquire different learning outcomes in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes. The students will be able to
Know the questions to which he is finding answers through experimental work.
Perform the practical work with appropriate accuracy. Reduce the experimental readings to the form of answers required.
Understand clearly what the reader will want to know.
Give brief but clear answers.
Convince the reader that the answers are valid.
Present a reasoned discussion of the significance of the answers he offers.
4. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME
Teaching Scheme Total Examination Scheme
(In Hours) Credits Theory Marks Practical Total
(L+T+P) Marks Marks
L T P C ESE PA ESE PA
100
0 0 6 6 --- --- 40 60
Legends: L-Lecture; T – Tutorial/Teacher Guided Theory Practice; P - Practical; C – Credit, ESE - End Semester Examination; PA - Progressive Assessment
4. COURSE DETAILS
Each Project batch must not exceed 8 students.
During the semesters, Students will have to write two types of reports.
1. Course-work reports : i.e. reports for communication with your tutor or guide , Technical reports to communicate with a specific individual who might be a ‘senior’ person in the formats specified by Gujarat Technological University.
2. A summary of work carried out , the readings, calculations, results and answers in numerical or graphical form, and a discussion of the results, answers and conclusions.
Effort should be made to identify actual field problems to be given as project work to
the students. Project selected should not be too complex which is beyond the
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
comprehension level of the students. The placement of the students for such a practical
cum project work should match with the competency profile and interest of students.
Students may be assessed both by industry and polytechnic faculty.
The suggested performance criteria is given below:
a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and produced during IA
verification)
b) Initiative in learning/working at site
c) Level/proficiency of practical skills acquired
d) Sense of responsibility
e) Self-expression/Communication skills
f) Interpersonal skills.
g) Report writing skills
h) Viva voce
Some of suggested projects are given below: These are only guidelines, teacher may take any
project related to Civil Engineering depending upon the availability of projects. Preference
should be given to practical oriented projects. According to the local needs.The following
major projects are suggested:
1. Construction of a small concrete road consisting of following activities
- Survey and preparation of site plan
- Preparation of drawings i.e. L-Section and X-Section
- Estimating of earth work
- Material estimating and costing with specifications
- Testing of Aggregates
- Design of Concrete Mix
- Preparation of sub grade with stone ballast
- Laying of concrete
- Testing of slump, casting of cubes and testing
- Technical report writing
2. Water Supply /Drainage system for a village / Layout
- Surveying
- Design of water requirements and water distribution system
- Preparation of drawing of overhead tank
- Material estimating and costing
- Specifications
- Technical report writing
3. Construction of shopping complex/School Building/Hostel Building/PHC/Residential
Complex/Industrial Building/Bridges/Foundations/Flyovers/Under Passes
Preparation of detailed drawing – Plan, Elevation, section, layout, structural drawing,
working drawing Preparation of Detailed and Abstract Estimate, Quantity of Materials
4. Rainwater harvesting and Recharging
- Assessment of catchment’s area
- Intensity of rainfall
- Monitoring during rainy season
- Quality and Quantity analysis
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
- Collection of water
- Recharge pit design
- Supply of water
5. Water Supply and Sanitary connections for a Multi storied building
Preparation of detailed drawing – Plan, Elevation, section, layout, working drawing
Preparation of Detailed and Abstract Estimate, Quantity of Materials
6. Report on Concrete Mix Design with/without Admixtures.
7. Green Buildings
8. Solar Farming
9. Critical Study of existing water supply system
10. Critical Study of existing Sewerage system
11. Solid waste management
12. Bio-medical waste disposal.
13. Flood water management – case study
14. Changes in Rainfall pattern and its impact
15. Traffic Study
16. Noise Study
17. Air pollution Study.
18. Valuation and Rent fixation
19. Water shed management
20. Restoration of Lakes.
21. Repair estimate of existing Buildings
The project report should consist of following items.
1. Introduction
2. Literature survey
3. Study Area
4. Methodology/Design/Tests
5. Result and Discussion
6. Conclusion and scope for future study
7. References.
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
One self appraisal form should be attached at the end by the student in his favour regarding the claim of his work relevance , utilities and materialization as well as the gain in terms of cost – benefits , so that teacher can have ease of evaluation.
The Report should be submitted well before the Exam.
Guideline for the Project– II for Diploma Engineering
1. Project reports should be typed neatly in New Times Roman letters on both sides of the
paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm). The margins should be:
Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75".
2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are
One copy to the department
One copy to the concerned guide(s)
One copy to the candidate.
3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and
suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.
4. Every copy of the report must contain
Inner title page (White)
Outer title page with a plastic cover
Certificate in the format enclosed both from the college and the organization where the
project is carried out.
An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the
work.
5. The organization of the report should be as follows
1. Inner title page
2. Abstract or Synopsis
3. Acknowledgments
4. Table of Contents
5. List of table & figures (optional)
Usually numbered in
roman
Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies
the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present
developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections
and subsections.
The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g.
Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.
The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of
chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their
headings must be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16
and subsection and its heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report
should have font size 12.
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise.
The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any,
their utility along with the scope for further work.
Reference OR Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of
their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for
e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.
1. For textbooks – Dr.V.L.Shah & Veena Gore, Limit State Design of Steel
Structures, Structures Publications, 1 Edition, 2009.
2. For papers - Devid, Insulation design to combat pollution problem, Proc of IEEE,
PAS, Vol 71, Aug 1981, pp 1901-1907.
Only SI units are to be used in the report. Important equations must be numbered in
decimal form for e.g.
V = IZ .......... (3.2)
All equation numbers should be right justified.
Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper
PROGRESSIVE EVALUATION:
I A Marks:
1. First review (During the mid part of VI Th semester) 25 mark
2. Second review (During the end of VI Th semester) 25 mark
TOTAL: 50 mark
I B Marks:
1 Log record 10 marks
2 Synopsis& Report 20 marks
3 Presentation 20 marks
Total 50 marks
TOTAL MARKS : A+ B = 100 MARKS
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
PROJECT EVALUATION ( At the end of 6th semester): (ESE)
1. Relevance of the subject in the present context 20 mark
2. Literature Survey 20 mark
3. Experimental observation 40 mark
4. Results & Discussion 30 mark
5. Presentation (Max of 20 Slides) 40 mark
6. Viva 50 marks
TOTAL 200 mark
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION
I, ------------------------------------------ a student of Diploma in ------------------------------
Department bearing PEN ---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------
hereby declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions
provided in this project work titled “---------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------- “submitted to Gujarat Technological University for the award of Diploma in --
---------------------------------.To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been
submitted in part or full elsewhere in any other institution/organization for the award of any
certificate/diploma/degree. I have completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of
others in this academic work. I further declare that in case of any violation of intellectual
property rights and particulars declared, found at any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely
responsible for the same.
Date:
Place: Signature of candidate
Name: --------------------
PEN ----------------------
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
CERTIFICATE
Certified that this project report entitled -----------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------”which is being submitted by
Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide
student of …………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma
in Civil Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work
carried out under my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for
internal Assessment have been incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited
in the polytechnic library.
The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of
Project work prescribed for the said diploma.
It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any
statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only
for the purpose for which it is submitted.
Guide
Name and signature
Examiners
1
2
Head of Department
Dept. of --------------------
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES
1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that
learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation
during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI
semester.
2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so
a meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.
3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of
the progress of the learners by the guide.
4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners.
5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with
challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search
information and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).
6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a
challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate
answer but feels the need to search for information to find a solution).
7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal
article, book or a web site.
8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution.
9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge.
10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is
questioned and it develops further.
11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project.
12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition
among the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the
group.
13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight
weeks as given in the schedule attached.
14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths
and weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team
members on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.
15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team.
16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities
for each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed
may be made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner
by the guide to follow up.
17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further
progress of the project.
18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially
regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number
of units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally
coming out with meaningful conclusions or models or application.
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original
records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation.
The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.
20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards,
procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of
units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample
needs to be representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the
sample and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data
regarding the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at
different levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are
suggestive but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions.
21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers
are members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity.
A tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out
on a small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30
units. This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful
conclusions. Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of
data.
22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in
data collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.
23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end
of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).
24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample
during the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would
enable the learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting
to institution and attending classes on a regular basis.
25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats
for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or
similar data organisation procedures.
26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per
the requirement.
27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to
8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.
28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The
guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do
this. In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.
29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and
submitted in triplicate.
30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a
field experience and they get ready for the industry.
31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be
pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out
feasibility of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining,
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
assembling new modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority
over routine bookish projects.
32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides
may alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point
No.31 above.
33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects.
This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the
company.
GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO COMPLETE 6th SEMESTER PROJECT
1. On the basis of 5th Sem. Preparation, field work should be done during the mid
Semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI
semester.
2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and
meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and
empowers you with the power of knowledge.
3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and
weakness of other peers in the team.
4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team.
This will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to
the industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.
5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress.
6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra
efforts to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge.
7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and
instructions which are internally consistent (logical).
8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks.
9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own
and build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles,
books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.
10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately.
11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the
same.
12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback.
13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For
doing this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop.
14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked
and software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project.
Seek the teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this.
15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice).
Complete this task before the VI semester begins.
Project - II Course Code: 3360613
GTU/ NITTTR Bhopal/14-15 Gujarat State
16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will
ensure accuracy of data entry.
17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external
sources (other than your teacher) if required.
18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You
may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.
19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.
20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in
discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the
teacher may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally
consistent.
21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy)
and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.
22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out
with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional
development.
COURSE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE
Faculty Members from Polytechnics
(1) Prof. B. V. Modi Principal – BVPIT(DS) Umarakh Ta-Bardoli
(2) Prof. K K Khatry L.C.E. - BVPIT(DS) Umarakh Ta-Bardoli
(3) Prof. S M Mistry Head – Dr. S & S.S. Gandhi College Surat
(4) Prof. V K Shah Head – Dr. S & S.S. Gandhi College Surat